Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Food Distribution / Corem Property Group

Corem Property Group

core · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker core
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Corem Property Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2013

RETAIL STRATEGIES

SUPPLY CHAIN

Vendor Consolidation Initiative 

The typical convenience store receives merchandise from not only a traditional wholesaler but also a wide variety of Direct 
Store  Delivery  (DSD)  vehicles.  This  DSD-focused  model  requires  that  convenience  store  operators  spend  a  significant 
amount  of  resources  checking  in  vendors  and  processing  invoices—both  of  which  increase  cost.  Core-Mark’s Vendor 
Consolidation  Initiative  (VCI),  unifies  this  fragmented  process  via  our  multi-temperature  platform,  which  includes 
refrigerated docks and tri-temperature trailers. This platform, coupled with our high frequency delivery model, enables 
Core-Mark to deliver a full array of products—including and most importantly Fresh items—that enable operators to stay 
competitive and relevant in today’s every-changing c-store retailspace.

FRESH

Core-Mark  offers  the  most  comprehensive  product  and  delivery  model  to  enable  independent  retailers  to  offer  fresh 
products to their customers. The foundation of the platform is our state-of-the-art supply chain that features refrigerated 
docks  and  a  fleet  of  tri-temperature  trailers  built  specifically  for  delivery  to  convenience  stores.  Our  tri-temp  platform 
enables Core-Mark to deliver chilled, frozen and ambient products — all at once.

CATEGORY CONSULTATION

As larger chains continue to leverage data to analyze and improve their offerings, the independent operator has to work 
that  much  harder  to  keep  their  customers.  Customer  service  and  a  clean  store  are  and  always  will  be  important,  but 
identifying and addressing inventory inefficiencies and solving the out-of-stock issue can quickly deliver sales and profits 
to the smart retailer. The Focused Marketing Inititative (FMI) from Core-Mark is designed specifically for independents who 
want to use in-depth analysis and category management to address their entire store.

FOOD SERVICE

Core-Mark’s  Foodservice  Programs  include  comprehensive  Coffee  and  Food-to-Go  programs  that  deliver  a  range  of 
solutions to fit every type of customer and a suite of branded programs in all foodservice categories that provide customers 
the  benefits  of  the  branding  that  Core-Mark  has  built  in  over  3,500  stores.  Our  commitment  to  delivering  top-rate 
foodservice solutions to our customer will continue to evolve, and we’re working every day to make it better and more 
relevant to our customers’ needs.

Dear Shareholders,

We operate in a very robust and growing industry. The number of C-Stores in the U.S. grew by 
1.4%, to over 151,000 stores in 2013. C-Stores account for over 35% of all retail stores in the US. Keep 
in mind our market share is only 5% of all products purchased and sold in the industry. At the end 
of the day Core-Mark has a small share of the C-Store Industry with great opportunity to grow. 

Objectives and Strategies

We  believe  very  strongly  in  the  objectives  of  our  company:  grow  market  share,  make  our 
independent  retailers  more  relevant  and  profitable  and  grow  our  margin  faster  than  expenses. 
We do this by the successful execution of our Core Strategies:

Vendor  Consolidation  Initiative  (VCI),  Fresh  Initiative,  Focused  Marketing  Initiative  (FMI)  and 
Acquisitions. 

We  continue  to  grow  our  share  of  the  market  by  being  the  supplier  of  choice  to  the  major 
convenience retailers in the US and Canada. In 2013 we had three large chains select Core-Mark to 
be their supply partner. We offer a sustainable competitive advantage which helps our customers 
achieve  their  goals  and  grow  their  sales  profitably.  Our  most  recent  acquisition,  JT  Davenport 
(JTD),  was  a  major  driver  of  our  growth.  We  added  over  2,000  customers  to  the  Core-Mark 
network. JTD is our 30th operating division and the conversion onto our systems and platforms 
is complete, and the newest division is busy implementing the Company’s Core Strategies and 
marketing programs.

The independent store operator accounts for approximately 65% of the C-Stores in the U.S. and 
continues to be a primary focus of our company. By executing our Core Strategies, we assist our 
independent retailers in becoming more relevant and profitable. FMI continues to be the most 
successful program we have implemented. We have surveyed over 8,000 customers, generating 
a 60% acceptance rate which will provide an increase in the independent retailer’s bottom line 
profit. In addition, by continuing to consolidate vendors onto our trucks we are able to deliver 
fresh product to these retailers and help them be relevant to the consumers.

As  we  continue  to  grow,  we  will  spend  more  to  support  this  growth.  As  we  have  seen  in  the 
past,  leveraging  of  our  operating  expenses  occurs  once  the  new  business  is  absorbed.  In 
addition, implementation of Our Core Strategies with these new customers as well as our existing 
customers continues to produce higher margins. 

Results and Financial Strengths

Overall, we are very pleased with our record revenues in 2013, which grew at about 10%. Non-
cigarette sales increased at nearly 14%, while cigarette sales increased a little over half that rate. 
Same  store  non-cigarettes  increased  at  a  healthy  pace  while  same  store  cartons  were  down 
approximately in-line with the industry. Gross profit dollars, after the normal adjustments, were 
up about 12%. We think this is pretty impressive when you consider we continue to experience a 
significant decrease in non-cigarette inventory holding gains compared to pre 2012 years. More 
importantly, both our non-cigarette revenue and gross profits grew at substantially higher rates in 
the fourth quarter, showing an 18% and 21% increase over prior year, respectively. 

Continue on next page

Our 2013 operating expenses, as a percentage to sales, increased 7 basis points, reflecting 
the one-time costs associated with the on boarding of the new customers, the conversion 
of our new division and our continued growth in the non-cigarette product categories. 

Adjusted EBITDA ended the year at $109.5mm, record earnings for the company. The 8.6% 
EBITDA  growth  was  driven  by  strong  revenue  and  increases  in  non-cigarette  gross  profit 
dollars. FIFO EPS grew 14% driven by the same factors. 

Equally important, we continue to generate a healthy level of cash, more than ample to fund 
our working capital needs and our capital expenditures. The Company remains financially 
strong and well positioned to capitalize on value opportunities. 

The Year Ahead

In  2014,  we  expect  our  revenues  to  approach  $10.7  billion,  a  9.5%  growth  rate.  Adjusted 
EBITDA  is  expected  to  be  $116–$120  million,  both  of  which  will  again  be  new  records  for 
the Company. Contributions from market share gains, execution of our Core Strategies and 
leveraging our operating expenses are all expected to increase our sales and profits in 2014. 

The future is bright for our company. We will continue to focus on improving our profits as 
well as those of our customers and maintain our competitive advantage in the market place 
that we serve. We thank you for your support and confidence.

Thomas B. Perkins

President and Chief Executive Officer

*  In lieu of the first quarter 2013 dividend, the Board 
of Directors declared an accelerated cash dividend of 
$2.2 million, or $0.19 per common share on December 
20,  2012,  which  was  paid  on  December  31,  2012.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(cid:2) Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934(cid:3)
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013  

(cid:4)

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934(cid:3)

For the transition period from                      to                     . 

Commission File Number: 000-51515 

CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415
South San Francisco, California 94080 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)

20-1489747 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

(650) 589-9445 
(Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 

Name of each exchange
on which registered 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share 

NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes  (cid:2)    No  (cid:4)   
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act.    Yes  (cid:4)    No  (cid:2)  
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1) has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  (cid:2)    No  (cid:4)  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  (cid:2)    No  (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a 
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” 
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer   (cid:2) 
Non-accelerated filer  (cid:4) 

Accelerated filer  (cid:4)
Smaller reporting company  (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  (cid:4)    No  (cid:2)  
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to 
the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of June 28, 
2013, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter:    $711,883,006  

As of February 14, 2014, the registrant had 11,532,968 shares of its common stock outstanding.  

                                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
The information called for by Part III of this Form 10-K will be included in an amendment to this Form 10-K or incorporated 
by reference to the registrant's 2014 definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. 

FORM 10-K 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

ITEM 1.A.

RISK FACTORS

ITEM 1.B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

PART II

ITEM 5.

ITEM 6.

ITEM 7.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7.A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 8.

ITEM 9.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9.A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

ITEM 9.B.

OTHER INFORMATION

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

ITEM 12.

ITEM 13.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV

Page 

1

10

16

16

17

17

18

21

23

42

43

79

79

79

80

80

80

80

80

81

i 

 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements 

made pursuant to the safe-harbor provisions of the Exchange Act of 1934 and the Securities Act of 1933. 

Forward-looking  statements  in  some  cases  can  be  identified  by  the  use  of  words  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,” 
“potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” 
“plan,” “propose” or other similar words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Form 
10-K and are based on our current intent, beliefs, plans and expectations. They involve risks and uncertainties that could cause 
actual results to differ materially from historical results or those described in or implied by such forward-looking statements. 

A detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ  materially from such 
forward-looking  statements  is  included  in  Part  I,  Item 1A,  “Risk  Factors”  of  this  Form  10-K.  Except  as  required by  law,  we 
undertake  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future 
events or otherwise. 

SEC Regulation G - Non-GAAP Information 

The financial statements in this Annual Report are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles 
in  the  United  States  of  America  (“GAAP”).  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (“Core-Mark”)  uses  certain  non-GAAP 
financial measures including remaining gross profit, remaining gross profit margin, Adjusted EBITDA and net sales, less excise 
taxes. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the 
performance  of  our  business  and  facilitate  a  meaningful  period  to  period  evaluation.  Management  uses  these  non-GAAP 
financial measures in order to have comparable financial results to analyze changes in Core-Mark’s underlying business. These 
non-GAAP  measures should  be considered as a supplement to, and  not as a  substitute  for, or superior to, financial  measures 
calculated in accordance with GAAP. 

ii 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

PART I 

Unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise,  all  references  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  to  “Core-Mark”,  “the 

Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our” refer to Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries. 

Company Overview 

Core-Mark is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in 
North America,  providing  sales  and  marketing,  distribution  and  logistics  services  to  customer  locations  across  the  U.S.  and 
Canada.  Our  origins  date  back  to  1888,  when  Glaser  Bros.,  a  family-owned-and-operated  candy  and  tobacco  distribution 
business, was founded in San Francisco, California.

Core-Mark  offers  retailers  the  ability  to  take  advantage  of  manufacturer  and  Company-sponsored  sales  and  marketing 
programs, merchandising and product category management services and the use of information systems and data services that 
are focused on minimizing retailers' investment in inventory, while seeking to maximize their sales and profits. In addition, our 
wholesale  distributing  capabilities  provide  valuable  services  to  both  manufacturers  of  consumer  products  and  convenience 
retailers. Manufacturers benefit from our broad retail coverage, inventory  management, efficiency in processing small orders 
and  frequency  of  deliveries.  Convenience  retailers  benefit  from  our  distribution  capabilities  by  gaining  access  to  a  broad 
product line, optimizing inventory management and accessing trade credit. 

We operate in an industry where, in 2012, based on the National Association of Convenience Stores (NACS) 2013 State 
of the Industry (“SOI”) Report, total in-store sales at convenience retail locations in the U.S. increased 2.2% to approximately 
$199  billion  and  were  generated  through  approximately  149,000  stores. According  to  a  more  recent  report  from  NACS,  the 
number of convenience stores grew 1.4% in 2013 to approximately 151,000 stores. The U.S. convenience retail industry gross 
profit for in-store sales decreased 1.3% to approximately $62.5 million in 2012 from $63.3 billion in 2011. Over the ten years 
from 2003 through 2013, U.S. convenience in-store sales increased by a compounded annual growth rate of 5.5%. In Canada, 
based on the  Canadian  Convenience Store Association (CCSA) 2013 Industry Report,  we estimate that total in-store sales at 
convenience locations were approximately $23.1 billion generated through approximately 23,100 stores. 

We operate a network of 28 distribution centers (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics 
provider) in the U.S. and Canada, which distribute a diverse line of national, regional and private label products to over 30,000 
customer locations in 50 states in the U.S. and  five  Canadian provinces. The products  we distribute include cigarettes, other 
tobacco products, candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health 
and beauty care products. Cigarettes comprised approximately 68.0% of our total net sales in 2013, while approximately 70.5% 
of our gross profit in 2013 was generated from our food/non-food products. 

We  service  traditional  convenience  stores  as  well  as  alternative  outlets  selling  consumer  packaged  goods. We  estimate 
that on average 45% to 50% of the products sold in convenience stores are supplied by broad-line wholesale distributors such as 
Core-Mark.  Our  traditional  convenience  store  customers  include  many  of  the  major  national  and  super-regional  convenience 
store operators, as well as thousands of multi- and single-store customers. Our alternative outlet customers comprise a variety 
of  store  formats,  including  grocery  stores,  drug  stores,  liquor  stores,  cigarette  and  tobacco  shops,  hotel  gift  shops,  military 
exchanges, college and corporate campuses, casinos,  movie theaters, hardware stores, airport concessions and other specialty 
and small format stores that carry convenience products. 

Our  net  sales  grew  from  $7.3  billion  in  2010  to  $9.8  billion  in  2013,  yielding  an  annual  compounded  growth  rate  of 
approximately 10%,  while our annual Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased from $70.0 million to $109.5 million, or approximately 
16%, compounded annually during the same period. Our growth has been driven primarily by our business strategies described 
more fully below. We believe these strategies have positioned us to continue to grow our approximate 4% market share of total 
in-store sales within the convenience store channel in North America and to take advantage of growth opportunities with other 
retail store formats. 

________________________________________ 
(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial 
measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, 
depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction losses. 

1 

Competitive Strengths 

We  believe  we  have  the  following  fundamental  competitive  strengths,  which  form  the  foundation  for  our  business 

strategy: 

Experience in the Industry. Our origins date back to 1888, when Glaser Bros., a family-owned-and-operated candy and 
tobacco  distribution  business,  was  founded  in  San  Francisco,  California.  The  executive  management  team,  as  of  the  end  of 
2013, comprised of our CEO and 14 senior  managers, had an average tenure of 20  years and applied its expertise to  critical 
functional areas including logistics, sales and  marketing, purchasing, information technology, finance, business development, 
human resources and retail store support.

Innovation and Flexibility. Wholesale distributors typically provide convenience retailers access to a broad product line, 
the ability to place small quantity orders, inventory management and access to trade credit. As a large, full-service wholesale 
distributor,  we  offer  retailers  a  wide  array  of  manufacturer  and  Company-sponsored  sales  and  marketing  programs, 
merchandising and product category management services and the use of information systems that are focused on minimizing 
retailers' investment in inventory, while seeking to maximize their sales and profit.

Distribution  Capabilities.  The  wholesale  distribution  industry  is  highly  fragmented  and  historically  has  consisted  of  a 
large  number  of  small,  privately-owned  businesses  and  a  small  number  of  large,  full-service  wholesale  distributors  serving 
multiple  geographic  regions.  Relative  to  smaller  competitors,  large  distributors  such  as  Core-Mark  benefit  from  several 
competitive advantages including: increased purchasing power, the ability to service large national chain accounts, economies 
of  scale  in  sales  and  operations,  and  the  resources  to  invest  in  information  technology  and  other  productivity-enhancing 
technologies.

Business Strategy 

Our objective is to increase overall return to stockholders by growing our market share, revenues and profitability. As one 
of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North America, with the 
proven capability of effectively selling into other retail channels, we are well-positioned to continue meeting this objective. Our 
business  strategy  also  includes  the  following  initiatives,  designed  to  further  enhance  the  value  we  provide  to  our  retail 
customers: 

Leverage our Vendor Consolidation Initiative (“VCI”). We expect our VCI program will allow us to continue to grow 
our  sales  by  capitalizing  on  the  highly  fragmented  supply  chain  that  services  the  convenience  retail  industry. A  convenience 
retailer  generally  receives  store  merchandise  through  a  large  number  of  direct-store  deliveries.  This  represents  a  highly 
inefficient  and  costly  process  for  the  retailers.  Today,  we  estimate  that  Core-Mark  sells  on  average  45%  to  50%  of  what  a 
convenience retailer purchases from their vendors. Our VCI program offers the retailer the ability to receive multiple weekly 
deliveries for the bulk of their products, including dairy and other merchandise they would historically purchase from direct-
store-delivery companies. This simplifies the supply chain and provides retailers with an opportunity to improve inventory turns 
and working capital, eliminate operational and transaction costs, and greatly diminish their out-of-stocks on best-selling items.

Deliver  Fresh  Products.  We  believe  there  is  an  increasing  trend  among  consumers  to  purchase  fresh  food  and  dairy 
products  from  convenience  and  other  retail  formats.  To  meet  this  expected  demand,  we  have  modified  and  upgraded  our 
refrigerated capacity, including investing in chill docks and tri-temperature trailers, which provides the infrastructure to deliver 
a  significant  range  of  chilled  items  including  milk,  produce  and  other  fresh  foods  to  retail  outlets.  We  have  established 
partnerships  with strategically-located dairies,  fresh  kitchens  and  bakeries  to  further enable us to deliver the  freshest  product 
possible,  with  premium  consumer  items  such  as  sandwiches,  wraps,  cut-fruit,  parfaits,  pastries,  doughnuts,  bread  and  home 
meal  replacement  solutions.  We  continue  to  expand  the  array  of  fresh  products  through  the  development  of  unique  and 
comprehensive  marketing  programs  and  equipment  programs  that  assist  the  retailer  in  showcasing  their  “fresh”  product 
offering. We believe our investments in infrastructure, combined with our strategically located suppliers and in-house expertise, 
position us as the leader in providing fresh products and programs to the convenience retail industry. Proper execution of VCI, 
with  the  cornerstone  being  dairy  distribution,  provides  Core-Mark  the  critical  mass  necessary  to  offer  retailers  a  multiple 
weekly delivery platform, which facilitates the proper handling and dating of "Fresh" products.

Expand our Presence Eastward. We believe there is significant opportunity to increase our market presence and revenue 
growth by continuing to expand our presence east of the Mississippi River. According  to the 2013 SOI Report, during 2012, 
aggregate  U.S.  traditional  convenience  retail  in-store  sales  were  approximately  $199  billion  through  approximately  149,000 
stores with 61% of those stores located in the eastern portion of the country. We believe our continued expansion in the Eastern 
U.S.  will  be  accomplished  through  acquisitions  and  by  gaining  new  customers,  both  national  and  regional,  through  a 
combination  of  exemplary  service,  VCI  programs,  fresh  product  deliveries,  innovative  marketing  strategies,  and  competitive 
pricing.

2 

Some of our recent expansion activities include: 

•  On  May  7,  2013,  we  signed  a  three  year  distribution  agreement  with  Turkey  Hill,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Kroger  Co. 
(“Kroger”) and the largest of Kroger's convenience divisions, to service all their convenience stores, which are located 
across  Pennsylvania,  Ohio  and  Indiana. With  the  addition  of  the Turkey  Hill  stores,  we  serviced  approximately  700 
Kroger convenience locations as of December 31, 2013. 

•  On December 17, 2012, we acquired J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. (“Davenport”), a large convenience wholesaler based 
in North Carolina, which services customers in the eight states of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, 
Ohio,  Kentucky,  West  Virginia  and  Virginia.  This  acquisition  increased  our  market  presence  primarily  in  the 
Southeastern United States and further enhanced our ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers. 

•  On September 7, 2011, we signed a distribution agreement (“the Customer Agreement”)  with Alimentation Couche-
Tard  Inc.  ("Couche-Tard")  to service  Couche-Tard  corporate  stores,  under  the  Circle  K  brand,  within  Couche-Tard's 
Southeast, Gulf Coast and Florida markets. We added a new distribution facility located in Tampa, Florida in 2011 as a 
result  of  the  Customer  Agreement.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  serviced  nearly  1,000  Circle  K  stores  in  these 
markets. 
In May 2011, we acquired Forrest City Grocery Company (“FCGC”), a regional wholesale distributor providing Core-
Mark with additional infrastructure and market share by servicing customers in Arkansas, Mississippi, Tennessee and 
the surrounding states.  

• 

Continue  Building  Sustainable  Competitive Advantage. We  believe  our  ability  to  increase  sales  and  profitability  with 
existing  and  new  customers  is  highly  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  deliver  consistently  high  levels  of  service,  innovative 
marketing  programs,  technology  solutions  and  logistics  support.  To  that  fundamental  end,  we  are  committed  to further 
improving operational efficiencies in our distribution centers while containing our costs to enhance profitability. We were one 
of the first to recognize emerging trends and to offer retailers our unique strategic solutions such as VCI and Fresh. In addition, 
we continue to leverage our Focused Marketing Initiative (“FMI”),  which is designed to drive deeper entrenchment with our 
customer  base  and  to  further  differentiate  us  in  the  market  place. The  FMI  program  is  centered  on  increasing  the  sales  and 
profitability of the independent store through improved category insights, optimized retail price strategy, demographic decision-
making along  with providing  Core-Mark's  marketing solutions to create a complete retail  marketing strategy. We believe our 
innovative  approach,  which  focuses  on  building  a  trusted  partnership  with  our  customers,  has  established  us  as  the  market 
leader in providing valuable marketing and supply chain solutions to the convenience retail industry.

Customers, Products and Suppliers 

We service over 30,000 customer locations in 50 states in the U.S. and five Canadian provinces. Our primary customer 
base  consists  of  large  national,  regional,  and  independent  convenience  retailers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada.    In  addition,  we  are 
expanding  our  distribution  into  alternative  channels  including  drug  stores  and  large-scale  retailers.  Our  top  ten  customers 
accounted for 35.4% of our net sales in 2013 including Couche-Tard, our largest customer, which accounted for 14.7% of our 
total net sales. 

Below is a comparison of our net sales mix by primary product category for the last three years (in millions): 

Product Category 
Cigarettes 

Food 

Candy 

Other tobacco products 

Health, beauty & general 

Beverages 

Equipment/other 

Total food/non-food products 

Total net sales 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013

2012

2011

Net Sales 
$ 6,642.0
1,342.3

% of Net 
Sales 

Net Sales
68.0% $ 6,139.4
13.7
1,178.6

% of Net 
Sales 

Net Sales
69.0% $ 5,710.6
13.4
995.7

% of Net 
Sales 

70.4%

12.3

527.2

787.8

327.3

139.1

1.9

5.4

8.1

3.4

1.4

—

489.5

687.8

269.2

125.6

2.3

5.5

7.7

3.0

1.4

—

459.8

607.9

237.5

100.9

2.5

5.7

7.5

2.9

1.2

—

3,125.6
$ 9,767.6

32.0
2,753.0
100.0% $ 8,892.4

31.0
2,404.3
100.0% $ 8,114.9

29.6

100.0%

Cigarette  Products. We  purchase  cigarette  products  from  major  U.S.  and  Canadian  manufacturers.  With  cigarettes 
accounting for approximately $6,642.0 million, or 68.0% of our total net sales, and 29.5% of our total gross profit in 2013, we 

3 

control  major  purchases  of  cigarettes  centrally  to  optimize  inventory  levels  and  purchasing  opportunities.  The  daily 
replenishment of inventory and brand selection is controlled by our distribution centers.

 U.S. and Canadian cigarette consumption steadily declined from 2002 to 2012. Based on the 2012 statistics provided by 
the Tobacco Merchants Association (“TMA”) published in 2013 compiled from the U.S. Department of Agriculture - Economic 
Research Service, total cigarette consumption in the U.S. declined from 425 billion cigarettes in 2002 to 294 billion cigarettes 
in 2012, or a compounded annual decline of approximately 3.6%. Total cigarette consumption also declined in Canada from 37 
billion cigarettes in 2002 to 25 billion cigarettes in 2012, or a compounded annual decline of approximately 3.8%, based on 
statistics provided by the TMA. Our total cigarette carton sales increased 7.6% in 2013 attributable primarily to our acquisition 
of Davenport in December of 2012 and net market gain shares.  Excluding the acquisition of Davenport, our carton sales in the 
U.S. declined 1.8%. Our carton sales in Canada decreased 7.5% in 2013 on a comparative basis to the prior year due primarily 
to the loss of two non-major customers in the fourth quarter of 2012. Although we anticipate overall cigarette consumption will 
continue to decline, we expect to offset these declines through market share expansion, growth in our non-cigarette categories 
and  incremental  gross  profit from  cigarette  manufacturer  price  increases. We  expect  cigarette  manufacturers  will  continue  to 
raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability. 

We  have  no  long-term  cigarette  purchase  agreements  and  buy  substantially  all  of  our  products  on  an  as-needed  basis. 
Cigarette manufacturers historically offer structured incentive programs to wholesalers based on maintaining market share and 
executing promotional programs. These programs are subject to change by the manufacturers without notice. 

Excise taxes are levied on cigarettes and other tobacco products by the U.S. and Canadian federal governments and are 
also  imposed  by  the  various  states,  localities  and  provinces.  We  collect  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes  from  our 
customers  and  remit  these  amounts  to  the  appropriate  authorities  based  on  the  credit  terms,  if  applicable,  extended  by  each 
jurisdiction.  Excise taxes are a significant component of our net sales and cost of sales. During 2013, net sales and cost of sales 
included  offsetting  amounts  of  approximately  $2,050.8  million  related  to  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes.  As  of 
December 31, 2013, state cigarette excise taxes in the U.S. jurisdictions we serve ranged from $0.17 per pack of 20 cigarettes in 
the  state  of  Missouri  to  $4.35  per  pack  of  20  cigarettes  in  the  state  of  New  York.  In  the  Canadian  jurisdictions  we  serve, 
provincial  excise  taxes  ranged  from  C$2.47  per  pack  of  20  cigarettes  in  Ontario  to  C$5.80  per  pack  of  20  cigarettes  in 
Manitoba.  Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus 
are not a component of our excise taxes. 

Food/Non-food  Products.  Our  food  products  include  fast  food,  candy,  snacks,  groceries,  beverages  and  fresh  products 
such as sandwiches, juices, salads, produce, dairy and bread. Our non-food products include cigars, tobacco, health and beauty 
care products, general merchandise and equipment. Net sales of the combined food/non-food product categories grew 13.5% in 
2013 to $3,125.6 million, which was 32.0% of our total net sales. More specifically, sales in the food category grew 13.9% to 
$1,342.3  million,  by  far  the  largest  contributor  to  our  overall  food/non-food  sales  improvement.  This  is  consistent  with  our 
strategy  to  grow  food/non-food  products  at  a  faster  pace  than  cigarettes  through  a  combination  of  market  share  gains  and 
execution of our VCI, Fresh, FMI and acquisition strategies.

Gross profit for food/non-food categories grew $52.8 million, or 16.2%, to $378.6 million in 2013, which was 70.5% of 
our  total  gross  profit.  Food/non-food  products  generated  gross  margins  of  13.0%  excluding  excise  taxes  in  2013,  while  the 
cigarette category generated gross margins of 3.3% excluding excise taxes. In order to take advantage of the significantly higher 
margins earned by food/non-food products, two of our key business strategies, VCI and the delivery of  fresh products, focus 
primarily on the highest margin categories in the food/non-food group. There is a special emphasis on fresh categories, which 
include  items  such  as  milk,  bread,  sandwiches,  fruit,  produce,  baked  goods,  home  meal  replacements  and  other  fresh 
products. We have made significant capital investments over the years to create the proper infrastructure to successfully deliver 
these highly perishable items. 

Another primary aspect of our VCI strategy is to take cost out of the supply chain by putting more of the product that the 
retailers  purchase  on  our  delivery  trucks.  We  targeted  $100  million  of  incremental  sales  for  the  last  five  years,  which 
contributed to the growth in our food/non-food sales and gross profit dollars. In addition, our FMI strategy was created to assist 
our independent retailer to sell more food/non-food items and to increase profitability. 

We completed five acquisitions between 2006 and 2012.  At the time of acquisition, most of these companies generally 
had a higher index of cigarette sales than our company-(cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:10)(cid:12)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:18)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:10)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:17)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:22)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:13)(cid:6)
grow the higher margin food/non-food categories of these acquired businesses as we bring our strategies to their customers.  In 
addition,  our  market  share  has  grown  steadily  over  the  last  several  years,  due,  in  part,  to  our  capability  to  deliver  fresh  and 
perishable categories.  We believe that fresh items are increasingly driving consumer decisions, and fresh products will continue 
to be an important category going forward. 

Our  Suppliers.  We  purchase  products  for  resale  from  approximately  4,700  trade  suppliers  and  manufacturers  located 
across the U.S. and Canada. In 2013, we purchased approximately 64% of our products from our top 20 suppliers, with our top 

4 

two suppliers, Philip Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, accounting for approximately 28% and 14% of 
our  purchases,  respectively.  We  coordinate  our  purchasing  from  suppliers  by  negotiating,  on  a  corporate-wide  basis,  special 
arrangements to obtain volume discounts and additional incentives, while also taking advantage of promotional and marketing 
incentives offered to us as a wholesale distributor. In addition, buyers in each of our distribution facilities purchase products, 
particularly food, directly from the manufacturers, improving product mix and availability for individual markets. 

Seasonality 

We typically generate slightly higher net sales and higher gross profits during the warm weather months (April through 
September) than in other times throughout the year. We believe this occurs because the convenience store industry which we 
serve tends to be busier during this period due to vacations and other travel by consumers. We generated approximately 53%, 
52% and 53% of our net sales during the second and third quarters of 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. 

Operations 

We operate a network of 28 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution facilities we operate 
as  a  third  party  logistics  provider).  Twenty-four  of  our  distribution  centers  are  located  in  the  U.S.  and  four  are  located  in 
Canada. The map below depicts the scope of our operations and the names of our distribution centers. 

Map of Operations 

__________________________________________ 

We operate four consolidation centers, including one that opened in Toronto, Canada in the fourth quarter of 2013, which 
buy products from our suppliers in bulk quantities and then distribute the products to  many of our other distribution  centers. 
The  products  purchased  by  our  consolidation  centers  include  frozen  and  chilled  items,  health  and  beauty  care  and  general 
merchandise  products.  The  new  center  in  Toronto  was  launched  with  an  exclusive  distribution  arrangement  with  a  retail 
beverage manufacturer. We expect to obtain additional consolidated purchasing opportunities for Canada in 2014.  We operate 
two additional facilities as a third party logistics provider. One distribution facility located in Phoenix, Arizona, referred to as 
the Arizona Distribution Center (“ADC”), is dedicated solely to supporting the logistics and management requirements of one 
of our major customers, Couche-Tard. The second distribution facility located in San Antonio, Texas, referred to as the Retail 
Distribution  Center  (“RDC”),  is  dedicated  solely  to  supporting  another  major  customer,  CST  Brands,  Inc.  (formerly,  Valero 
Energy Corporation). 

We  purchase  a  variety  of  brand  name  and  private  label  products,  in  excess  of  53,000  SKUs,  from  suppliers  and 
manufacturers.  Cigarette  products  represent  less  than  5%  of  our  total  SKUs  purchased.  We  offer  customers  a  variety  of 
food/non-food  products,  including  fast  food,  candy,  snacks,  groceries,  fresh  products,  dairy,  bread,  beverages,  other  tobacco 
products, general merchandise and health and beauty care products. 

5 

A  typical  convenience  store  order  consists  of  a  mix  of  dry,  frozen  and  chilled  products.  Our  receivers,  stockers,  order 
selectors,  stampers,  forklift  drivers  and  loaders  received,  stocked  and  picked  approximately  615  million,  551 million  and 
476 million items or 96 million, 86 million and 71 million cubic feet of product, during the  years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012 and 2011, respectively, while limiting the service error rate to less than 2.7 errors per thousand items shipped in 2013. 

Our proprietary Distribution Center Management System platform provides our distribution centers with the flexibility to 
adapt  rapidly  to  changing  business  needs  and  allows  them  to  provide  our  customers  with  necessary  information  technology 
requirements and integration capabilities.

Distribution 

At  December 31,  2013,  we  had  approximately  1,300  transportation  department  personnel,  including  delivery  drivers, 
shuttle drivers, routers, training supervisors and managers who focus on achieving safe, on-time deliveries. Our daily orders are 
picked and loaded nightly in reverse order of scheduled delivery. At December 31, 2013, our trucking fleet consisted of over 
800 tractors, trucks and vans, of which mostly all were leased. We have made a significant investment over the past few years 
in upgrading our trailer fleet  to tri-temperature (“tri-temp”),  which  gives us the capability  to deliver frozen, chilled and non-
refrigerated  goods  in  one  delivery.  As  of  December 31,  2013,  approximately  80%  of  our  trailers  were  tri-temp,  with  the 
remainder  capable  of  delivering  refrigerated  and  non-refrigerated  foods.  This  provides  us  the  multiple  temperature  zone 
capability needed to support our focus on delivering fresh products to our customers. In addition, in 2013, we began converting 
portions of our fleet to tractors, which use compressed natural gas ("CNG"). At December 31, 2013, we had 57 CNG tractors. 
We  plan  to  convert  a  large  portion  of  our  fleet  to  CNG  tractors  in  order  to  lower  our  fuel  costs  with  the  added  benefit  of 
reducing  carbon  emissions.  Our  fuel  consumption  costs  in  2013  totaled  approximately  $16.9  million,  net  of  fuel  surcharges 
passed on to customers, which represented an increase of approximately 16%, from $14.6 million in 2012, due primarily to a 
11.9% increase in miles driven due to the addition of Davenport and the growth in our business. 

Competition 

We  estimate  that,  as  of  December 31,  2013,  there  were  approximately  300  wholesale  distributors  serving  traditional 
convenience retailers in the U.S. and Canada. We believe McLane Company, Inc., a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway, Inc., and 
Core-Mark are the two largest convenience wholesale distributors (measured by annual sales) in North America. There are two 
other large regional companies that provide products to specific areas of the country, H.T. Hackney Company in the Southeast 
and  Eby-Brown  Company  in  the  Midwest  and  Mid-Atlantic  regions.  In  addition  there  are  several  hundred  local  distributors 
serving small regional chains and independent convenience retailers. In Canada, there is one large national company, Wallace & 
Carey,  Inc.,  one  regional  company,  which  services  the  Ontario  market,  Karrys  Bros.,  Limited,  and  more  recently  one  large 
national grocery wholesaler, Sobeys Inc., aside from Core-Mark, that make up the competitive landscape. 

Beyond  the  traditional  wholesale  supply  channels,  we  face  potential  competition  from  at  least  three  other  supply 
avenues.   First,  certain  manufacturers  such  as  Budweiser,  Miller-Coors,  Coca-Cola,  Frito-Lay  and  PepsiCo  deliver  their 
products  directly  to  convenience  retailers.  Secondly,  club  wholesalers  such  as  Costco  and  Sam's  Club  provide  a  limited 
(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:4)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:26)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:6) have limited delivery options and limited services. 
Finally,  some  large  convenience  retail  chains  self-distribute  products  due  to  the  geographic  density  of  their  stores  and  their 
belief that they can economically service such locations. 

Competition  within  the  industry  is  based  primarily  on  the  range  and  quality  of  the  services  provided,  price,  product 
selection  and  the  reliability  of  wholesalers'  logistics.  We  operate  from  a  perspective  that  focuses  heavily  on  flexibility  and 
providing outstanding customer service through our distribution centers, order fulfillment rates, on-time delivery performance 
using delivery equipment sized for the small format store, innovative marketing solutions and merchandising support, as well as 
competitive pricing. We believe this represents a contrast to some large competitors that offer a standardized logistics approach, 
with  emphasis  on  uniformity  of  product  lines,  and  company  determined  delivery  schedules  using  large  delivery  equipment 
designed for large format stores. While this emphasis on a standardized logistics approach allows for competitive pricing, we do 
not  believe  it  is  best  suited  for  retailers  looking  for  more  customized  solutions  and  support  from  their  supply  partners  in 
addition to competitive pricing. Alternatively, some small competitors focus on customer service and long-standing customer 
relationships but often lack the range of offerings of the larger distributors. We believe that our unique combination of service, 
marketing solutions and price is a compelling combination that is highly attractive to retailers and helps to enhance their growth 
and profitability. 

In  the  U.S.  we  purchase  cigarettes  primarily  from  manufacturers  covered  by  the  tobacco  industry's  Master  Settlement 
Agreement (“MSA”), which was signed in November 1998. Competition amongst cigarette wholesalers is based primarily on 
service,  price  and  variety,  whereas  competition  amongst  manufacturers  for  cigarette  sales  is  based  primarily  on  brand 
positioning, price, product attributes, consumer loyalty, promotions, marketing and retail presence. Cigarette brands produced 
by  the  major  tobacco  product  manufacturers  generally  require  competitive  pricing,  substantial  marketing  support,  retail 

6 

programs and other financial incentives to maintain or improve a brand's market position. Historically, major tobacco product 
manufacturers have had a competitive advantage in the U.S. because significant cigarette marketing restrictions and the scale of 
investment required to compete made gaining consumer awareness and trial of new brands difficult. 

We face competition from the diversion into the U.S. and Canadian markets of cigarettes intended for sale outside of such 
markets,  including  the  sale  of  cigarettes  in  non-taxable  jurisdictions,  inter-state/provincial  and  international  smuggling  of 
cigarettes,  the  sale  of  counterfeit  cigarettes  by  third  parties,  increased  imports  of  foreign  low  priced  brands,  the  sale  of 
cigarettes by third parties over the internet and by other means designed to avoid collection of applicable taxes. The competitive 
environment  has  been  characterized  by  a  continued  influx  of  cheap  products  that  challenge  sales  of  higher  priced  and  fully 
taxed cigarettes. 

We also believe the competitive environment has been impacted by alternative smoking products, such as snus, electronic 
cigarettes and the emergence of nicotine consumption through vapor devices. In addition, cigarette prices continue to rise due to 
continuing pressure on taxing jurisdictions to raise revenues through excise taxes. Further, cigarette list prices have historically 
increased for those manufacturers who are parties to the MSA. As a result, the lower priced products of numerous small share 
brands manufactured by non-MSA participants have held their market share, putting profitability pressure on MSA products. 

Working Capital Practices 

We sell products on credit terms to our customers that averaged, as measured by days sales outstanding, about nine days 
for  each  of  2013,  2012  and  2011.  Credit  terms  may  impact  pricing  and  are  competitive  within  our  industry. An  increasing 
number  of  our  customers  remit  payment  electronically,  which  facilitates  efficient  and  timely  monitoring  of  payment  risk. 
Canadian days sales outstanding in receivables tend to be lower as Canadian industry practice is for shorter credit terms than in 
the U.S. 

We  maintain  our  inventory  of  products  based  on  the  level  of  sales  of  the  particular  product  and  manufacturer 
replenishment cycles. The number of days a particular item of inventory remains in our distribution centers varies by product 
and  is  principally  driven  by  the  turnover  of  that  product  and  economic  order  quantities.  We  typically  order  and  carry  in 
inventory additional amounts of certain critical products to assure high order fulfillment levels for these items. Periodically, we 
may carry higher levels of inventory to take advantage of anticipated manufacturer price increases. The number of days of cost 
of sales in inventory averaged about 16 days in each of 2013, 2012 and 2011 with the cigarette category averaging 10 days and 
food/non-food  categories  averaging  30  days.  We  obtain  terms  from  our  vendors  and  certain  taxing  jurisdictions  based  on 
industry practices, consistent with our credit standing. We take advantage of the full complement of term offerings, which may 
include enhanced cash discounts for earlier payment or prepayment. Terms for our accounts payable and cigarette and tobacco 
taxes  payable  range  anywhere  from  three  days  prepaid  to  60  days  credit. Days  payable  outstanding  for  both  categories, 
excluding the impact of prepayments, during each of 2013, 2012 and 2011 averaged about 11 days. 

Employees 

The following chart provides a breakdown of our employees by function and geographic region (including employees at 

our third party logistic facilities) as of December 31, 2013: 

TOTAL EMPLOYEES BY BUSINESS FUNCTIONS 

Sales and Marketing 

Warehousing and Distribution 

Management, Administration, Finance and Purchasing 

Total Categories 

U.S. 

Canada 

Total 

1,256

3,255

628

5,139

65

297

116

478

1,321

3,552

744

5,617

Three  of  our  distribution  centers,  Hayward,  Las  Vegas  and  Calgary,  have  employees  who  are  covered  by  collective 
bargaining agreements with local affiliates of The International Brotherhood of Teamsters (Hayward and Las Vegas) and United 
Food and Commercial Workers (Calgary). Approximately 210 employees, or 4% of our workforce, are unionized. There have 
been no disruptions in customer service, strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns as a result of union activities, and we believe we 
have satisfactory relations with our employees. 

7 

  
  
Regulation 

As a distributor of food products in the U.S., we are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations 
promulgated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). The FDA regulates food products through its current good 
manufacturing practice regulations, specifies the standards of identity for certain foods and prescribes the format and content of 
certain information required to appear on food product labels. A limited number of the  over-the-counter  medications  that  we 
distribute are subject to the regulations of the U.S. Drug  Enforcement Administration (“DEA”). In Canada, similar standards 
related to food and over-the-counter medications are governed by Health Canada. The products we distribute are also subject to 
federal,  state,  provincial  and  local  regulation  through  such  measures  as  the  licensing  of  our  facilities,  enforcement  by  state, 
provincial and local health agencies of relevant standards for the products we distribute and regulation of our trade practices in 
connection  with  the  sale  of  our  products.  Our  facilities  are  inspected  periodically  by  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local 
authorities,  including  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  under  the  U.S.  Department  of  Labor  (“OSHA”), 
which require us to comply with certain health and safety standards to protect our employees. 

We are also subject to regulation by numerous other federal, state, provincial and local regulatory agencies including, but 
not limited to, the U.S. Department of  Labor,  which  sets employment practice standards for  workers, the  U.S. and  Canadian 
Departments  of  Transportation,  which  regulate  transportation  of  perishable  goods,  and  similar  state,  provincial  and  local 
agencies. Non-compliance with, or significant changes to, these laws or the implementation of new laws, could have a material 
effect on our results of operations. 

In September 2011, the Tobacco Products Labeling Regulations (Cigarettes and Little Cigars) came into force in Canada 
with  strengthened  labeling  requirements  for  cigarettes  and  little  cigar  packages.  The  requirements  include  graphic  health 
warnings and health information  messages  which are prominently displayed on the front and back of most tobacco packages 
and focus primarily on the health hazards posed by tobacco use. 

We  voluntarily  participate  in  random  quality  inspections  of  all  of  our  distribution  centers,  conducted  by  the American 
Institute of Baking (“AIB”). The AIB publishes standards as a tool to permit operators of distribution centers to evaluate the 
food safety risks within their operations and determine the levels of compliance with the standards. AIB conducts an inspection, 
which is composed of food safety and quality criteria. AIB conducts its inspections based on five categories: adequacy of the 
company's  food  safety  program,  pest  control,  operational  methods  and  personnel  practices,  maintenance  of  food  safety  and 
cleaning practices. Within these five categories, the AIB evaluates over 100 criteria items. In 2013, 96.8% of the audits of our 
distribution centers received a score of 900 or greater (on a possible 1,000 point scale). 

Registered Trademarks 

We  have 

following:  Arcadia  Bay®,  Arcadia  Bay  Coffee  Company®, 
BOONDOGGLES™,  Cable  Car®,  Core-Mark®,  Core-Mark  International®,  EMERALD®,,  Java  Street®,  QUICKEATS®, 
SmartStock®, and Tastefully Yours®..

trademarks 

registered 

including 

the 

Segment and Geographic Information 

We operate in two geographic areas -- the U.S. and Canada.  See Note 16 - Segment and Geographic Information to our 

consolidated financial statements. 

Corporate and Available Information 

Our corporate headquarters is located at 395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415, South San Francisco, California, 94080 

and our telephone number is (650) 589-9445. 

Our  internet  website  address  is  www.core-mark.com.  We  provide  free  access  to  various  reports  that  we  file  with  or 
furnish to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after 
they  have  been  filed  or  furnished. These  reports  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q and any amendments to those reports. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the “Investor Relations” 
section  of  our  website  under  “Financials  and  Filings”,  or  through  www.sec.gov. Also  available  on  our  website  are  printable 
versions of Core-Mark's Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee  Charter,  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  and  Principles  and  other 
corporate information. Copies of these documents may also be requested from: 

Core-Mark International 
395 Oyster Point Blvd, Suite 415 
South San Francisco, CA 94080 
Attention: Investor Relations 

8 

Corporate Governance--Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Whistle Blower Policy:

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is designed to promote honest, ethical and lawful conduct by all employees, 
officers  and  directors  and  is  available  on  the  “Investor  Relations”  section  of  our  website  at  www.core-mark.com  under 
“Corporate Governance.” 

Additionally,  the  Audit  Committee  (“Audit  Committee”)  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Core-Mark  has  established 
procedures to receive, retain, investigate and act on complaints and concerns of employees, stockholders and others regarding 
accounting,  internal  accounting  controls  and  auditing  matters,  including  complaints  regarding  attempted  or  actual 
circumvention  of  internal  accounting  controls  or  complaints  regarding  violations  of  the  Company's  accounting  policies.  The 
procedures are also described on our website at www.core-mark.com under “Corporate Governance” in the “Investor Relations” 
section. 

9 

ITEM 1. A.  

RISK FACTORS 

Our business is subject to a variety of risks. Set forth below are certain of the important risks that we face, the occurrence 
of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. These risks are not the 
only ones we face. We could also be affected by additional factors that are presently unknown to us or that we currently believe 
to be immaterial to our business. 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry 

We  are  dependent  on  the  convenience  retail  industry,  and  our  results  of  operations  could  suffer  if  it  experiences  an 
overall decline or consolidation. 

The majority of our sales are made under purchase orders and short-term contracts with convenience retail stores which 
inherently  involve  significant  risks.  These  risks  include  declining  sales  in  the  convenience  retail  industry  due  to  general 
economic conditions, including rising gasoline prices, which may impact “in store” retail sales, competition from grocery stores 
and other retail outlets, termination of customer relationships and consolidation of our customer base.  Such events could cause 
us  to  experience  decreases  in  revenues  and  put  pressure  on  our  margins.  In  addition,  any  decline  in  the  convenience  store 
industry  may place a number of our convenience retail customers under financial stress,  which could increase our credit risk 
and potential bad debt exposure. 

Many of the markets in which we compete are highly competitive and we may lose market share and suffer a decline in 
sales and profitability in these markets if we are unable to outperform our competition. 

Our  distribution  centers  operate  in  highly  competitive  markets.  We  face  competition  from  local,  regional  and  national 
tobacco  and  consumable  products  distributors  on  the  basis  of  service,  price,  reliability,  delivery  schedules,  and  variety  of 
products offered. We also face competition from club stores and alternate sources that sell consumable products to convenience 
retailers.  Some  of  our  competitors,  including  McLane  Company,  Inc.  (a  subsidiary  of  Berkshire  Hathaway  Inc.),  have 
substantial  financial  resources  and  long-standing  customer  relationships.  In  addition,  heightened  competition  among  our 
existing  competitors,  or  by  new  entrants  into  the  distribution  market,  could  create  additional  competitive  pressures  that  may 
reduce  our  margins  and  adversely  affect  our  business.  If  we  fail  to  successfully  respond  to  these  competitive  pressures  or  to 
implement our strategies effectively, we may lose market share and our results of operations could suffer. 

Our failure to maintain relationships with large customers could potentially harm our business. 

We have relationships with many large regional and national convenience store chains. While we expect to maintain these 
relationships for the foreseeable future, any termination, non-renewal or reduction in services that we provide to such customers 
could cause our revenues and operating results to suffer. 

We may lose business if manufacturers or large retail customers convert to direct distribution of their products. 

In  the  past,  certain  large  manufacturers  and  customers  have  elected  to  engage  in  direct  distribution  or  third  party 
distribution of their products and eliminate wholesale distributors such as Core-Mark. If other manufacturers or retail customers 
make similar elections in the future, our revenues and profits would be adversely affected and there can be no assurance that we 
will be able to mitigate such losses. 

Our business is sensitive to fuel prices and related transportation costs, which could adversely affect our business. 

Our  operating  results  are  sensitive  to,  and  may  be  adversely  affected  by,  unexpected  increases  in  fuel  or  other 
transportation-related costs, including costs from the use of third party carriers, temporary staff and overtime. Historically, we 
have been able to pass on a substantial portion of increases in our own fuel or other transportation costs to our customers in the 
form of fuel or delivery surcharges, but our ability to continue to pass through these increases, is not assured. If we are unable 
to continue to pass on fuel and transportation-related cost increases to our customers or do not realize the benefits we expect 
from  converting  a  large  percentage  of  our  trucks  to  operate  on  natural  gas,  our  operating  results  could  be  materially  and 
adversely affected. 

Cigarette and consumable goods distribution is a low-margin business sensitive to inflation and deflation. 

We  derive  most  of  our  revenues  from  the  distribution  of  cigarettes,  other  tobacco  products,  candy,  snacks,  fast  food, 
groceries,  fresh  products,  dairy,  beverages,  general  merchandise  and  health  and  beauty  care  products.  Our  industry  is 
characterized  by  a  high  volume  of  sales  with  low  profit  margins.  Our  food/non-food  sales  are  generally  priced  based  on  the 
manufacturer's cost of the product plus a percentage markup. As a result, our profit levels may be negatively impacted during 
periods of cost deflation or stagnation for these products, even though our gross profit as a percentage of the price of goods sold 
may remain relatively constant. In addition, periods of product cost inflation may have a negative impact on our gross profit 

10 

margins with respect to sales of cigarettes because gross profit on cigarette sales are generally fixed on a cents per carton basis. 
Therefore, as cigarette prices increase, gross profit generally decreases as a percentage of sales. In addition, if the cost of the 
cigarettes  that  we  purchase  increases  due  to  manufacturer  price  increases,  reduced  or  eliminated  manufacturer  discounts  and 
incentive programs or increases in applicable excise tax rates, our inventory carrying costs and accounts receivable could rise, 
placing pressure on our working capital requirements. 

We rely on manufacturer discount and incentive programs and cigarette excise stamping allowances, and any material 
changes in these programs could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We receive payments from the manufacturers on the products we distribute for allowances, discounts, volume rebates and 
other merchandising and incentive programs. These payments are a substantial benefit to us. The amount and timing of these 
payments  are  affected  by  changes  in  the  programs  by  the  manufacturers,  our  ability  to  sell  specified  volumes  of  a  particular 
product, attaining specified levels of purchases by our customers and the duration of carrying a specified product. In addition, 
we receive discounts from certain taxing jurisdictions in connection with the collection of excise taxes. If the manufacturers or 
taxing jurisdictions change or discontinue these programs or change the timing of payments, or if we are unable to maintain the 
volume of our sales required by such programs, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

We depend on relatively few suppliers for a large portion of our products, and any interruptions in the  supply of the 
products that we distribute could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We  obtain  the  products  we  distribute  from  third  party  suppliers. At  December 31,  2013,  we  had  approximately  4,700 
vendors,  and  during  2013  we  purchased  approximately  64%  of  our  products  from  our  top  20  suppliers,  with  our  top  two 
suppliers,  Philip  Morris  USA,  Inc.  and  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Company,  representing  approximately  28%  and  14%  of  our 
purchases, respectively. We do not have any long-term contracts with our suppliers committing them to provide products to us. 
Our suppliers may not provide the products we distribute in the quantities we request on favorable terms, or at all. We are also 
subject to delays caused by interruption in production due to conditions outside our control, such as slow-downs or strikes by 
employees  of  suppliers,  inclement  weather,  transportation  interruptions,  regulatory  requirements  and  natural  disasters.  Our 
inability to obtain adequate supplies of the products we distribute could cause us to fail to meet our obligations to our customers 
and reduce the volume of our sales and profitability. 

Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired by the risks and costs associated with expansion activities. 

Market  share  growth  is  one  of  our  key  company  initiatives. To  accomplish  this  growth  we  have  focused  on  strategic 
acquisitions and securing large regional and national customers as key elements of success. Any significant expansion activity 
comes  with inherent risks.  Acquisitions  may entail  various risks such as identifying  suitable candidates, realizing acceptable 
rates  of  return  on  the  investment,  identifying  potential  liabilities,  obtaining  adequate  financing,  negotiating  acceptable  terms 
and  conditions,  and  successfully  integrating  operations  and  converting  systems  post  acquisition.   Integrating  a  large  new 
customer  has  similar  risks  of  realizing  acceptable  returns  on  invested  working  capital,  negotiating  acceptable  pricing  and 
service  levels,  while  managing  resources  and  business  interruptions  as  we  integrate  the  new  business  into  our  current 
infrastructure. We may realize higher costs or lower margins than originally anticipated and may experience disruption to our 
base  business,  and  may  not  realize  the  anticipated  benefits  or  savings  from  expansion  activities  to  the  extent  or  in  the  time 
frame expected. 

We  may  be  subject  to  product  liability  claims  and  counterfeit  product  claims  which  could  materially  adversely  affect 
our business. 

As a distributor of food and consumer products, we face the risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that 
the  use  of  a  product  sold  by  us  causes  injury  or  illness.  In  addition,  certain  products  that  we  distribute  may  be  subject  to 
counterfeiting. Our business could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the food and 
other products we distribute. Further, our operations could be subject to disruptions as a result of manufacturer recalls.  This 
risk  may  increase  as  we  continue  to  expand  our  distribution  of  fresh  products.  If  we  do  not  have  adequate  insurance,  if 
contractual  indemnification  from  the  supplier  or  manufacturer  of  the  defective,  contaminated  or  counterfeit  product  is  not 
available,  or  if  a  supplier  or  manufacturer  cannot  fulfill  its  indemnification  obligations  to  us,  the  liability  relating  to  such 
product claims or disruption as a result of recall efforts could materially adversely impact our results of operations. 

We may not be able to achieve the expected benefits from the implementation of marketing initiatives. 

We are continuously improving our competitive performance through a series of strategic marketing initiatives. The goal 
of this effort is to develop and implement a comprehensive and competitive business strategy, addressing the special needs of 
the  convenience  industry  environment,  increasing  our  market  position  within  the  industry  and  ultimately  creating  increased 
shareholder  value.  Customer  acceptance  of  new  distribution  formats  that  we  implement  may  not  be  as  anticipated  or 

11 

competitive pressures may cause us to curtail or abandon these initiatives, resulting in lower revenue growth and unachieved 
cost savings. 

Our information technology systems may be subject to failure, disruptions or security breaches which could compromise 
our ability to conduct business, seriously harm our business and adversely affect our financial results. 

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  on  our  customized  enterprise  information  technology  systems.  We  rely  on  our 
information technology systems and our internal information technology staff to maintain the information required to operate 
our distribution centers and to provide our customers with fast, efficient and reliable deliveries. We have taken steps to increase 
redundancy in our information technology systems and have disaster recovery plans in place to mitigate unforeseen events that 
could disrupt our systems' service. However, if our systems fail or are not reliable, we may suffer disruptions in service to our 
customers and our results of operations could suffer.   We may upgrade and replace various components of our proprietary ERP 
system periodically  with the goal of  maintaining and improving overall functionality, performance and service.  Some of our 
upgrades  may  include  the  implementation  of  leading  software solutions  or  enhanced  customizations  to  our  existing  systems. 
There are inherent risks associated with any system project and there can be no guarantee any implementation will be free of 
disruptions or other operational problems. 

In  addition,  we  retain  sensitive  data,  including  intellectual  property,  proprietary  business  information  and  personally 
identifiable information, in our secure data centers and on our networks. We may face threats to our data centers and networks 
of unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions. Despite our security measures, our infrastructure may 
be  vulnerable  to  attacks  by  experienced  hackers  or  other  disruptive  problems.  Any  such  security  breach  may  compromise 
information  stored  on  our  networks  and  may  result  in  significant  data  losses  or  theft  of  intellectual  property,  proprietary 
business information or personally identifiable information belonging to us or our customers, business partners or employees. 

We may be subject to various claims and lawsuits that could result in significant expenditures. 

The nature of our business exposes us to the potential for various claims and litigation related to labor and employment, 
personal  injury,  property  damage,  business  practices,  environmental  liability  and  other  matters.  Any  material  litigation  or  a 
catastrophic accident or series of accidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of 
operations. 

We depend on our senior management and other key personnel. 

We  substantially  depend  on  the  continued  services  and  performance  of  our  senior  executive  officers  as  named  in  our 
Proxy Statement and other key employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on these individuals, and we 
do not have employment agreements with any of them. The loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers or other 
key personnel could harm our business. 

Shortages of qualified labor could negatively impact our business and profitability. 

Our continued success will depend partly on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We compete with other 
businesses  in  each  of  our  markets  with  respect  to  attracting  and  retaining  qualified  employees.  A  shortage  of  qualified 
employees,  especially  drivers,  in  a  market  could  require  us  to  enhance  our  wage  and  benefit  packages  in  order  to  compete 
effectively  in  the  hiring  and  retention  of  qualified  employees  or  to  hire  more  expensive  temporary  employees.  Any  such 
shortage of qualified employees could decrease our ability to effectively serve our customers and might lead to lower profits 
because of higher labor costs. 

Unions may attempt to organize our employees. 

As  of  December 31,  2013, 210,  or  4%,  of  our  employees  were  covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements  with  labor 
organizations,  which  expire  at  various  times.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  renew  our  respective  collective 
bargaining agreements on favorable terms, that employees at other facilities will not unionize or that our labor costs will not 
increase. In addition, the National Labor Relations Board is becoming more active with the passage of administrative rules that 
could impact our ability to manage our labor force. To the extent we suffer business interruptions as a result of strikes or other 
work  stoppages  or  slow  downs,  or  our  labor  costs  increase  and  we  are  not  able  to  recover  such  increases  through  increased 
prices charged to customers or offsets by productivity gains, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Employee health benefit costs represent a significant expense to us and may negatively affect our profitability. 

With over 3,600 employees and their families participating in our health plans, our expenses relating to employee health 
benefits are substantial. In past years, we have experienced significant increases in certain of these costs, largely as a result of 
economic factors beyond our control, including, in particular, ongoing increases in health care costs well in excess of the rate of 
inflation.  Continued  increasing  health  care  costs,  as  well  as  changes  in  laws,  regulations  and  assumptions  used  to  calculate 
health  and  benefit  expenses,  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  position  and  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the 

12 

implementation  of  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act  (“ACA”) may  significantly  increase  our  employee 
healthcare-related costs. While we have taken steps to minimize the impact of ACA, there is no guarantee our efforts will be 
successful. 

If we are unable to comply with governmental regulations that affect our business or if there are substantial changes in 
these regulations, our business could be adversely affected. 

As  a  distributor  of  food  and  other  consumable  products,  we  are  subject  to  regulation  by  the  FDA,  Health  Canada  and 
similar regulatory authorities at the state, provincial and local levels. In addition, our employees operate tractor trailers, trucks, 
forklifts  and  various  other  powered  material  handling  equipment  and  we  are  therefore  subject  to  regulation  by  the  U.S.  and 
Canadian  Departments  of Transportation.  Our  operations  are  also  subject  to  regulation  by  OSHA,  the  DEA  and  a  myriad  of 
other  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local  agencies.  Each  of  these  regulatory  authorities  has  broad  administrative  powers  with 
respect to our operations. Regulations, and the costs of complying with those regulations, have been increasing in recent years. 
If we fail to adequately comply with government regulations, we could experience increased inspections or audits, regulatory 
authorities  could  take  remedial  action  including  imposing  fines  or  shutting  down  our  operations  or  we  could  be  subject  to 
increased compliance costs. If any of these events were to occur, our results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Natural disaster damage could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our  headquarters  and  several  of  our  warehouses  in  California,  as  well  as  one  of  our  data  centers  and  one  warehouse 
located near Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, are in or near high hazard earthquake zones. In addition, one of our data 
centers is located in Plano, Texas, which is susceptible to wind storms. We also have operations in areas that have been affected 
by natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornados, floods, and ice and snow storms. While we maintain insurance to cover us for 
such potential losses, our insurance may not be sufficient in the event of a significant natural disaster or payments under our 
policies may not be received timely enough to prevent adverse impacts on our business. Our customers could also be affected 
by like events, which could adversely impact our sales and results of operations. 

Insurance and claims expenses could have a material adverse effect on us. 

We  have  a  combination  of  both  self-insurance  and  high-deductible  insurance  programs  for  the  risks  arising  out  of  the 
services  we  provide  and  the  nature  of  our  operations  throughout  North  America,  including  claims  exposure  resulting  from 
personal  injury,  property  damage,  business  interruption  and  workers'  compensation.  Workers'  compensation,  automobile  and 
general  liabilities  are  determined  using  actuarial  estimates  of  the  aggregate  liability  for  claims  incurred  and  an  estimate  of 
incurred  but  not  reported  claims.  Our  accruals  for  insurance  reserves  reflect  certain  actuarial  assumptions  and  management 
judgments, which are subject to a high degree of variability. If the number or severity of claims for which we are retaining risk 
increases, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. If we lose our ability to self-insure these 
risks, our insurance costs could materially increase and we may find it difficult to obtain adequate levels of insurance coverage. 

Risks Related to the Distribution of Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products 

Our sales volume is largely dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes, sales of which are declining generally. 

The distribution of cigarettes is currently a significant portion of our business. In 2013, approximately 68.0% of our net 
sales  (which  includes  excise  taxes)  and  29.5%  of  our  gross  profit  were  generated  from  the  distribution  of  cigarettes.  Due  to 
increases in the prices of cigarettes, restrictions on marketing and promotions by cigarette manufacturers, increases in cigarette 
regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, the rise in popularity of electronic 
cigarettes  and  other  factors,  cigarette  consumption  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  has  been  declining  gradually  over  the  past  few 
decades.  We  expect  consumption  trends  of  legal  cigarette  products  will  continue  to  be  negatively  impacted  by  the  factors 
described  above.  In  addition,  we  expect  rising  prices  may  lead  to  a  higher  percentage  of  consumers  purchasing  cigarettes 
through illicit markets, over the internet and by other means designed to avoid payment of cigarette taxes. If we are unable to 
sell other products to make up for these declines in cigarette unit sales, our operating results may suffer. 

Legislation and other matters are negatively affecting the cigarette and tobacco industry. 

The  tobacco  industry  is  subject  to  a  wide  range  of  laws  and  regulations  regarding  the  marketing,  distribution,  sale, 
taxation and use of tobacco products imposed by governmental entities. Various jurisdictions have adopted or are considering 
legislation  and  regulations  restricting  displays  and  marketing  of  tobacco  products,  establishing  fire  safety  standards  for 
cigarettes, raising the minimum age to possess or purchase tobacco products, requiring the disclosure of ingredients used in the 
manufacture of tobacco products, imposing restrictions on public smoking, restricting the sale of tobacco products directly to 
consumers or other recipients over the internet and other tobacco product regulation. In addition, the FDA has been empowered 
to  regulate  changes  to  nicotine  yields  and  the  chemicals  and  flavors  used  in  tobacco  products  (including  cigars  and  pipe 
products),  require  ingredient  listings  be  displayed  on  tobacco  products,  prohibit  the  use  of  certain  terms  which  may  attract 
youth or mislead users as to the risks involved with using tobacco products, as well as limit or otherwise impact the marketing 

13 

of tobacco products by requiring additional labels or warnings as well as pre-approval of the FDA. Such legislation and related 
regulation  is  likely  to  continue  adversely  impacting  the  market  for  tobacco  products  and,  accordingly,  our  sales  of  such 
products. 

In Canada, many provinces have enacted legislation authorizing and facilitating the recovery by provincial governments 
of tobacco-related health care costs from the tobacco industry by way of lawsuit.  Some Canadian provincial governments have 
either already initiated lawsuits or indicated an intention that such lawsuits  will be filed.  It is unclear at this time how such 
restrictions and lawsuits may affect Core-Mark and its Canadian operations. 

If excise taxes are increased or credit terms are reduced, our sales of cigarettes and other tobacco products could decline 
and our liquidity could be negatively impacted. 

Cigarettes and tobacco products are subject to substantial  excise taxes in the U.S. and Canada. Significant increases in 
cigarette-related  taxes  and/or  fees  have  been  proposed  or  enacted  and  are  likely  to  continue  to  be  proposed  or  enacted  by 
various  taxing  jurisdictions  within  the  U.S.  and  Canada  as  a  means  of  increasing  government  revenues.  These  tax  increases 
negatively impact consumption.  Additionally, they may cause a shift in sales from premium brands to discount brands, illicit 
channels or electronic cigarettes as smokers seek lower priced options. 

Taxing jurisdictions have the ability to change or rescind credit terms currently extended for the remittance of tax that we 
collect on their behalf.  If these excise taxes are substantially increased or credit terms are substantially reduced, it could have a 
negative impact on our liquidity. Accordingly, we may be required to obtain additional debt financing, which we may not be 
able to obtain on satisfactory terms or at all. 

Our distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products exposes us to potential liabilities. 

In June 1994, the Mississippi attorney general brought an action against various tobacco industry members on behalf of 
the state to recover state funds paid for health care costs related to tobacco use. Most other states sued the major U.S. cigarette 
manufacturers  based  on  similar  theories.  In  November  1998,  the  major  U.S.  tobacco  product  manufacturers  entered  into  a 
Master  Settlement Agreement  (“MSA”)  with  46  states,  the  District  of  Columbia  and  certain  U.S.  territories.  The  other  four 
states--Mississippi,  Florida,  Texas  and  Minnesota  (the  “non-MSA  states”)--settled  their  litigations  with  the  major  cigarette 
manufacturers  by  separate  agreements. The  MSA  and  the  other  state  settlement  agreements  settled  health  care  cost  recovery 
actions and monetary claims relating to future conduct arising out of the use of, or exposure to, tobacco products, imposed a 
stream of future payment obligations on major U.S. cigarette manufacturers and placed significant restrictions on the ability to 
market and sell cigarettes. The payments required under the MSA result in the products sold by the participating manufacturers 
to be priced at higher levels than non-MSA manufacturers. In addition, the growth in market share of discount brands since the 
MSA was signed has had an adverse impact on the total volume of the cigarettes that we sell. 

In  connection  with  the  MSA,  we  were  indemnified  by  most  of  the  tobacco  product  manufacturers  from  which  we 
purchase cigarettes and other tobacco products for liabilities arising from our sale of the tobacco products that they supply to 
us. Should the MSA ever be invalidated, we could be subject to substantial litigation due to our distribution of cigarettes and 
other tobacco products, and we may not be indemnified for such costs by the tobacco product manufacturers in the future. In 
addition,  even  if  we  are  indemnified  by  cigarette  manufacturers  that  are  parties  to  the MSA,  future  litigation  awards  against 
such  cigarette  manufacturers  and  could  be  so  large  as  to  prevent  the  manufacturers  from  satisfying  their  indemnification 
obligations. 

Risks Related to Financial Matters, Financing and Foreign Exchange 

Changes to federal, state or provincial income tax legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business and 
results of operations. 

From time to time, new tax legislation is adopted by the federal government and various states or other regulatory bodies. 
Significant  changes  in  tax  legislation  could  adversely  affect  our  business  or  results  of  operations  in  a  material  way.  For 
example, in the U.S. the federal government has proposed legislation, which effectively could limit, or even eliminate, use of 
the  LIFO  inventory  method  for  financial  and  income  tax  purposes. Although  the  final  outcome  of  these  proposals  cannot  be 
ascertained at this time, the ultimate financial impact to us of the transition from LIFO to another inventory method could be 
material to our operating results. 

Our pension plan is currently underfunded and we will be required to  make cash  payments to the plan, reducing the 
cash available for our business. 

We record a liability associated with the underfunded status of our pension plan when the benefit obligation exceeds the 
fair  value  of  the  plan  assets.  Our  December  31,  2013  balance  sheet  includes  $2.1  million  in  pension  liabilities  related  to 

14 

underfunded pension obligations, compared to $10.0 million in underfunded pension obligations as of December 31, 2012.  The 
funded level of our pension plan improved to 95% as of December 31, 2013 and we have adopted a dynamic strategy to reduce 
the  plan’s  investment  risk  as  its  funded  status  improves. This  strategy  will  reduce  the  allocation  to  return  seeking  assets  and 
increase  the  allocation  to  liability  hedging  assets  over  time  with  the  intention  of  reducing  volatility  of  the  funded  status  and 
pension  costs.  We  expect  this  strategy  will  reduce  the  risk  associated  with  the  funding  level  of  our  pension  plan,  but  if  the 
performance of the assets in our pension plan does not meet our expectations, or if other actuarial assumptions are modified, 
our future cash payments to our pension plan could be substantially higher than we expect. 

The  pension  plan  is  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act  of  1974  (“ERISA”).  Under  ERISA,  the 
Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  (“PBGC”)  has  the  authority  to  terminate  an  underfunded  pension  plan  under  limited 
circumstances. In the event our pension plan is terminated for any reason while it is underfunded, we will incur a liability to the 
PBGC that may be equal to the entire amount of the underfunding in the pension plan. If this were to occur, our working capital 
and results of operations could be adversely impacted. 

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends in the future or in any particular amounts 
and if there is a reduction in dividend payments, our stock price may be harmed. 

Since the fourth quarter of 2011, we have paid a quarterly cash dividend to our stockholders. We intend to continue to pay 
quarterly dividends subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that cash dividends are 
in the best interest of our stockholders and are in compliance with all applicable laws and agreements to which we are a party. 
Future  dividends  may  be  affected  by  a  variety  of  factors  such  as  available  cash,  anticipated  working  capital  requirements, 
overall financial condition, credit agreement restrictions, future prospects for earnings and cash flows, capital requirements for 
acquisitions, stock repurchase programs, reserves for legal risks and changes in federal and state income tax laws or corporate 
laws. Our Board of Directors may, at its discretion, decrease or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. Any 
such action could have a material, negative effect on our stock price. 

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our revenues and financial results. 

We generate a significant portion of our revenues in Canadian dollars, approximately 11% in 2013 and 13% in 2012. We 
also incur a significant portion of our expenses in Canadian dollars. To the extent that we are unable to match revenues received 
in Canadian dollars with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in Canadian dollars could have an adverse 
effect on our financial results. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our Canadian 
operations will be reduced because the Canadian currency will be translated into fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, during times 
of  a  weakening  U.S.  dollar,  our  reported  sales  and  earnings  from  our  Canadian  operations  will  be  increased  because  the 
Canadian currency will be translated into more U.S. dollars. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America  (“GAAP”)  require  that  foreign  currency  transaction  gains  or  losses  on  short-term  intercompany  transactions  be 
recorded currently as gains or losses within the income statement. To the extent we incur losses on such transactions, our net 
income will be reduced. 

We may not be able to borrow additional capital to provide us with sufficient liquidity and capital resources necessary to 
meet our future financial obligations. 

We expect that our principal sources of funds will be cash generated from our operations and, if necessary, borrowings 
under a $200 million revolving credit facility, initially dated as of October 12, 2005, as amended or otherwise modified from 
time to time, between us, as Borrowers, the Lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent 
(our “Credit Facility”). While we believe our sources of liquidity are adequate, we cannot assure you that these sources will be 
available  or  continue  to  provide  us  with  sufficient  liquidity  and  capital  resources  required  to  meet  our  future  financial 
obligations, or to provide funds for our working capital, capital expenditures and other needs. As such, additional equity or debt 
financing may be necessary, but we may not be able to expand our existing Credit Facility or obtain new financing on terms 
satisfactory to us. 

Our operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive covenants in our Credit Facility. 

Our  Credit  Facility  imposes  restrictions  on  us  that  could  increase  our  vulnerability  to  general  adverse  economic  and 
industry conditions by limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and industry. Specifically, 
these restrictions place limits on our ability, among other things, to: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, issue stock of 
subsidiaries,  make investments, repurchase stock, create liens, enter into transactions  with affiliates,  merge or consolidate, or 
transfer and sell our assets. In addition, under our Credit Facility, under certain circumstances we are required to meet a fixed 
charge coverage ratio. Our ability to comply with this covenant may be affected by factors beyond our control and a breach of 
the covenant could result in an event of default under our Credit Facility, which would permit the lenders to declare all amounts 
incurred thereunder to be immediately due and payable and terminate their commitments to make further extensions of credit. 

15 

Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect our operating results and financial position. 

Changes  to  accounting  rules  or  regulations  could  arise  from  new  and  revised  standards,  interpretations  and  other 
guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board and others. The effects of such changes may include prescribing an accounting method where none had been previously 
specified, prescribing a single acceptable method of accounting from among several acceptable methods that currently exist or 
revoking the acceptability of a current method and replacing it with an entirely different method, among others. Such changes 
could  result  in  unanticipated  effects  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  position  and  other  financial  measures,  including 
significant additional costs to implement and maintain the new accounting standards. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ as a result of the accounting methods, estimates and assumptions 
that we use in preparing our financial statements, which may negatively impact our results of operations and financial 
condition. 

 To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to exercise judgment in selecting and 
applying  accounting  methodologies  and  making  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  methods,  estimates,  and  assumptions  are 
subject  to  uncertainties  and  changes,  which  affect  the  reported  values  of  assets  and  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses,  and 
disclosures  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities. Areas  requiring  significant  estimates  by  our  management  include  but  are  not 
limited  to  the  following:  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts, LIFO  inventory  valuation,  provisions  for  income  taxes,  vendor 
rebates and promotional allowances, impairment of goodwill, impairment of long-lived and other intangible assets, valuation of 
assets  and  liabilities  in  connection  with  business  combinations,  valuation  of  pension  assets  and  obligations,  stock-based 
compensation expense and accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves. 

ITEM 1. B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

 ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES 

Our headquarters are located in South San Francisco, California, and consist of approximately 27,000 square feet of leased 
office  space.  We  also  lease  approximately  13,000  square  feet  for  use  by  our  information  technology  and  tax  personnel  in 
Richmond, British Columbia, approximately 6,000 square feet for use by our information technology personnel in Plano, Texas, 
and approximately 3,000 and 2,000 square feet of additional office space in Fort Worth, Texas and Phoenix, AZ, respectively. We 
lease approximately 3.9 million square feet and own approximately 0.7 million square feet of distribution space. 

Distribution Center Facilities by City and State of Location(1)

Albuquerque, New Mexico 

Atlanta, Georgia 

Bakersfield, California 
Corona, California(2) 
Denver, Colorado 
Forrest City, Arkansas(4) 
Fort Worth, Texas 
Grants Pass, Oregon 

Hayward, California 

Las Vegas, Nevada 

Leitchfield, Kentucky 

Los Angeles, California 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 

Portland, Oregon 
Sacramento, California(3) 
Salt Lake City, Utah 
Sanford, North Carolina 

Spokane, Washington 

Tampa, Florida 

Whitinsville, Massachusetts 

Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 

Calgary, Alberta 
Toronto, Ontario(5)
Vancouver, British Columbia 

Winnipeg, Manitoba 

(1) Excluding  outside  storage  facilities  or  depots  and  two  distribution  facilities  that  we  operate  as  a  third  party  logistics  provider.  Depots  are  defined  as  a 
secondary location for a division which may include any combination of sales offices, operational departments and/or storage. We own distribution center 
facilities located in Wilkes-(cid:27)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:28)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:26)(cid:23)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:3)(cid:7)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:29)(cid:5)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:24)(cid:12)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:23)(cid:4)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:30)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:18)(cid:26)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:31)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:26)(cid:14)(cid:6)!(cid:9)(cid:18)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:7)(cid:21)"(cid:6)!(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:25)(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:4)"(cid:6)#(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:25)(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:15)ies we 
own are subject to encumbrances under our Credit Facility. 

(2) This location includes two facilities, a distribution center and our AMI consolidating warehouse. 
(3) This facility includes a distribution center and our Artic Cascade consolidating warehouse. 
(4) This facility includes a distribution center and our AMI-Artic East consolidating warehouse. 
(5)  This facility includes a distribution center and our Canadian Consolidation operations 

We also operate distribution centers on behalf of two of our major customers: one in Phoenix, Arizona (for Couche-Tard), 
and  one  in  San  Antonio,  Texas  (for  CST  Brands,  Inc.,  formerly,  Valero  Energy  Corporation).  Each  facility  is  leased  by  the 
specific customer solely for their use and operated by Core-Mark. 

16 

  
ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are a plaintiff in a lawsuit against Sonitrol Corporation. The case arose from the December 21, 2002 arson fire at our 
Denver warehouse in which Sonitrol failed to detect and respond to a four-hour burglary and subsequent arson. In 2010, a jury 
found in favor of us and our insurers. Sonitrol appealed the judgment to the Colorado Appellate Court and on July 19, 2012, the 
Appellate  Court  upheld  the  trial  court's  ruling  on  two  of  the  three  issues  being  appealed  but  set  aside  the  judgment  and 
remanded the case back to the District Court for trial on the sole issue of damages. The Appellate Court's ruling was appealed 
by Sonitrol to the Colorado Supreme Court on September 21, 2012. On April 29, 2013, the Colorado Supreme Court denied 
Sonitrol's appeal and the case was returned to the District Court to resolve the sole issue of damages. A trial date has been set 
for April 7, 2014. We are unable to predict when this litigation will be finally resolved and the ultimate outcome. Any monetary 
recovery from the lawsuit would be recognized only if and when it is finally paid to us. 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

17 

PART II 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market and Stockholders 

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CORE.” According to the records of our 

transfer agent, we had 2,063 stockholders of record as of February 14, 2014.  

The following table provides the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ for 

the periods indicated: 

Fiscal 2013 

4th Quarter 

3rd Quarter 

2nd Quarter 

1st Quarter 

Fiscal 2012 

4th Quarter 

3rd Quarter 

2nd Quarter 

1st Quarter 

$

$

Low 
Price 

High 
Price 

63.86   $
62.65  

50.26  

46.09  

75.93

67.26

63.75

51.72

Low 
Price 

High 
Price 

40.06   $
43.29  

34.78  

37.01  

49.24

50.56

48.17

42.74

18 

 
 
 
   
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON 

The graph below presents a comparison of cumulative total return to stockholders for Core-Mark's common stock at the 
end of each year from 2008 through 2013, as well as the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, 
the Russell 2000 Index and a peer group of companies (“the Performance Peer Group”). 

Cumulative total return to stockholders is measured by the change in the share price for the period, plus any dividends, 
divided by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. Core-Mark's cumulative stockholder return is based on 
an investment of $100 on December 31, 2008, and is compared to the total return of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, 
the Russell 2000 Index, and the weighted-average performance of the Performance Peer Group over the same period with a like 
amount invested, including the assumption that any dividends have been reinvested. We regularly compare our performance to 
the Russell 2000 Index since it includes primarily companies with relatively small market capitalization similar to us. 

The companies composing the Performance Peer Group are Sysco Corp. (SYY), Nash Finch Company (NAFC, through 

its last trading day of November 19, 2013), United Natural Foods, Inc. (UNFI) and AMCON Distributing Co. (DIT). 

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
AMONG CORE-MARK, NASDAQ NON-FINANCIAL STOCK AND RUSSELL 2000 INDEXES AND THE 
PERFORMANCE PEER GROUP 

Investment Value at 

12/31/08 

12/31/09 

12/31/10 

12/31/11 

12/31/12 

12/31/13 

CORE 

Russell 2000 

NASDAQ Index 

Performance Peer Group 

  $

  $

  $

  $

100.00 $
100.00 $
100.00 $
100.00 $

153.16   $
127.09   $
150.81   $
126.37   $

165.38   $
161.17   $
178.60   $
139.15   $

184.91 $
154.44 $
178.37 $
143.29 $

225.58   $
179.75   $
209.06   $
162.50   $

365.05

249.53

292.89

197.84

19 

 
 
 
 
Dividends 

On October 19, 2011, we announced the commencement of a quarterly dividend program. In 2013, the Board of Directors 
declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.19 per common share on May 2, 2013 and August 1, 2013 and $0.22 per common share 
on November 1, 2013.  In lieu of the first quarter 2013 dividend, the Board of Directors declared an accelerated cash dividend 
of $2.2 million, or $0.19 per common share on December 20, 2012, which was paid on December 31, 2012. We paid dividends 
of $7.1 million and $10.3 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our Credit Facility places certain limits on our ability to pay 
(cid:24)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:12)(cid:6)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:13)(cid:24)(cid:18)"(cid:6)$(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:13)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:16)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:12)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)
payment of any future dividends will be determined by our Board of Directors in light of then existing conditions, including our 
earnings,  financial  condition  and  capital  requirements,  strategic  alternatives,  restrictions  in  financing  agreements,  business 
conditions and other factors. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

In May 2013, our Board of Directors authorized a $30.0 million increase to our stock repurchase plan. At the time of the 
increase, we had $2.3 million remaining under our stock repurchase plan that was then in place. The timing and amount of the 
purchases are based on market conditions, our cash and liquidity requirements, relevant securities laws and other factors. The 
share repurchase program may be discontinued or amended at any time. The program has no expiration date and expires when 
the amount authorized has been expended or the Board withdraws its authorization. 

In 2013, we repurchased 126,872 shares of common stock for a total cost of $7.2 million, or an average price of $56.60 
per  share.  In  2012,  we  repurchased  118,800  shares  of  common  stock  for  a  total  cost  of  $5.2  million,  or  an  average  price  of 
$43.34 per share.  As of December 31, 2013, we had $28.7 million available for future share repurchases under the program. 

The following table provides the repurchases of common stock shares during the three months ended December 31, 2013: 

Calendar month 
in which purchases were made: 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Repurchased 

Average 
Price Paid 
per Share (1)

Total Cost 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans
or Programs 
(in millions) 

Approximate 
Dollar Value 
of Shares that 
May Yet be 
Purchased Under 
the Plans 
or Programs 
(in millions) 

October 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013 

November 1, 2013 to November 30, 2013 

December 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 

Total repurchases for the three months ended 
December 31, 2013 

— $
—

— $
—

20,232

72.34

20,232 $

72.34 $

— $
—

1.4

1.4 $

30.1

30.1

28.7

28.7

_____________________________________________ 
 (1)

Includes related transaction fees. 

20 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Basis of Presentation 

The selected consolidated financial data for the five years from 2009 to 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated 
financial statements included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K. The following financial data should be read in conjunction 
with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  and  with  Item 7,  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA  

(in millions except per share amounts) 
Statement of Operations Data:

Net sales 
Gross profit (e)
Warehousing and distribution expenses (e)
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Income from operations 
Interest expense, net (f)
Net income 

Per share data: 

Basic net income per common share 

Diluted net income per common share 
Shares used to compute net income per share: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Other Financial Data: 
Excise taxes (g)
Cigarette inventory holding gains/FET (h)
OTP tax items (i)
LIFO expense 
Depreciation and amortization (j)
Stock-based compensation 

Capital expenditures 
Adjusted EBITDA (k)

Balance Sheet Data:

              Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 

  Year Ended December 31,

2013(a)(b)

2012(a)(b)

2011(b)

2010(c)

2009(d)

$ 9,767.6   $ 8,892.4   $ 8,114.9 $ 7,266.8 $ 6,531.6
401.6

537.1  

476.8  

434.1

385.3

297.1  

168.3  

2.7  

69.0  

2.2  

41.6  

262.7  

153.7  

3.0  

57.4  

1.8  

33.9  

234.6

150.8

3.0

45.7

2.0

26.2

211.8

142.5

2.1

28.9

2.2

17.7

$

$

3.62   $
3.58   $

2.96   $
2.91   $

2.30 $
2.23 $

1.64 $
1.55 $

11.5  

11.6  

11.5  

11.6  

11.4

11.7

10.8

11.4

197.3

137.3

2.0

65.0

1.4

47.3

4.53

4.35

10.5

10.9

$ 2,050.8   $ 1,987.0   $ 1,951.5 $ 1,756.5 $ 1,516.0
25.2

9.0  

7.8  

8.2

6.1

—

8.7  

27.2  

4.6  

18.0  

—  

12.3  

25.3  

5.8  

28.6  

109.5  

100.8  

0.8

18.3

22.4

5.5

24.1

91.9

0.6

16.6

19.7

4.8

13.9

70.0

0.6

6.7

18.7

5.1

21.1

95.5

                      December 31,

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Total assets 
Total debt, including current maturities(l)
______________________________________________ 
(a)  The selected consolidated financial data includes the results of operations of J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc., which was acquired on December 17, 2012.
(b) The selected consolidated financial data includes the results of operations of FCGC, which was acquired in May 2011, and the Tampa, Florida division, 

956.8   $
58.8  

919.2   $
85.6  

708.8 $
1.0

870.2 $
63.3

677.9

20.0

$

which commenced operations in September 2011. 

(c) The selected consolidated financial data includes approximately $105.9 million of incremental sales related to increased cigarette prices by manufacturers 
in response to the increase in federal excise taxes mandated by the State Children's Health Insurance Program (“SCHIP”) legislation. The financial data 
also includes the results of operations of Finkle Distributors, Inc., which was acquired in August 2010. 

21 

 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
(d) The selected consolidated financial data includes approximately $534.0 million of incremental sales related to increased cigarette prices by manufacturers 
in response to the increase in federal excise taxes mandated by the SCHIP legislation and $36.7 million of related cigarette inventory holding gains, offset 
by $11.5 million of net floor stock tax. 

 (e) Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost 

of goods sold. 
Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income. 

(f)
(g) State, local and provincial excise taxes (predominantly cigarettes and tobacco) paid by the Company are included in net sales and cost of goods sold. 
(h) Cigarette inventory holding gains represent income related to cigarette inventories on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices for 
which the Company is able to pass such increases on to its customers. This income is recorded as an offset to cost of goods sold and recognized as the 
inventory  is  sold.  Although  we  have  realized  cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  in  each  of  the  last  five  years,  this  income  is  not  predictable  and  is 
dependent on inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases. In 2009, we realized significant cigarette inventory holding gains due to the 
price increases in response to the federal excise taxes (“FET”) levied on manufacturers by the SCHIP legislation. 

(i) We received an Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) tax settlement of $0.8 million in 2011. We recognized a $0.6 million OTP tax gain resulting from a state 

tax method change in 2010 and received OTP tax refunds of $0.6 million in 2009. 

(j) Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation on property and equipment and amortization of purchased intangibles. 
(k) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures 
calculated  in  accordance  with  GAAP.    Adjusted  EBITDA  is  equal  to  net  income  adding  back  net  interest  expense,  provision  for  income  taxes, 
depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction losses. 
Includes debt and capital lease obligations. 

(l)

22 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources should 
be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  accompanying  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and notes  thereto  that  are  included 
under  Part  II,  Item 8,  of  this  Form  10-K.  Also  refer  to  “Special  Note  Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements,”  which  is 
included after Table of Contents in this Form 10-K.

Our Business 

Core-Mark is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in 
North  America.  We  offer  a  full  range  of  products,  marketing  programs  and  technology  solutions  to  over  30,000  customer 
locations  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada.  Our  customers  include  traditional  convenience  stores,  grocery  stores,  drug  stores,  liquor 
stores  and  other  specialty  and  small  format  stores  that  carry  convenience  products.  Our  product  offering  includes  cigarettes, 
other  tobacco  products,  candy,  snacks,  fast  food,  groceries,  fresh  products,  dairy,  bread,  beverages,  general  merchandise  and 
health  and  beauty  care  products.  We  operate  a  network  of  28  distribution  centers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  (excluding  two 
distribution  facilities  we  operate  as  a  third  party  logistics  provider).  Our  core  business  objective  is  to  help  our  customers 
increase their sales and profitability. 

Overview of 2013 Results 

In 2013, we remained focused on growing market share and increasing our food/non-food revenues and gross profit by 
leveraging our “Fresh” product offering, driving our Vendor Consolidation Initiative (“VCI”), and providing customer category 
management expertise in order to make our independent retailers more relevant and profitable.  We experienced sales growth 
and  market  share  gains  in  2013,  resulting  primarily  from  our  acquisition  of  J.T.  Davenport  &  Sons,  Inc.  (“Davenport”),  the 
establishment of a distribution arrangement with a major customer and the execution of our core strategies. Further, we added 
approximately  1,000  new  customer  locations  which  now  exceed  30,000  across  the  50  states  in  the  U.S.  and  five  Canadian 
provinces, and we continue to expand into other retail channels. 

Net sales in 2013 increased 9.8% or $875.2 million, to $9,767.6 million compared to $8,892.4 million for 2012, driven 

primarily by the addition of Davenport, market share gains and an increase in food/non-food sales in the remaining business. 

Gross profit in 2013 increased $60.3 million, or 12.6%, to $537.1 million from $476.8 million during 2012. Remaining 
gross  profit (1) increased  $55.5  million,  or  11.5%,  to  $536.8  million  in  2013  from  $481.3  million  for  2012.  The  increase  in 
remaining  gross  profit  was  due  primarily  to  increased  sales  attributable  to  Davenport  and  sales  growth  in  our  food/non-food 
products driven primarily by increased sales in our food and e-cigarette categories. 

Remaining  gross  profit  margin  increased  nine  basis  points  to  5.50%  in  2013  from  5.41%  in  2012.   The  increase  in 
remaining gross profit margin was driven primarily by a shift in sales mix toward higher margin food/non-food items, which 
increased  overall  remaining  gross  profit  margin  by  26  basis  points,  offset  by  the  addition  of  Davenport  and  a  new  major 
customer,  which  collectively  reduced  margins  by  12  basis  points.  In  addition,  increases  in  cigarette  manufacturers'  prices 
compressed remaining gross profit margin by approximately five basis points in 2013. 

Operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  were  4.79%  in  2013  compared  to 4.72%  for  2012. We  continue  to  see 
upward pressure on operating expenses as a percent of sales due to a shift in net sales to food/non-food categories. This is due, 
in part, to the lower selling price points for these categories as well as an increase in the cubic feet of product we are processing 
through our warehouses and delivering to our customers, which drives operating costs higher as a percent of sales. To the extent 
our food/non-food sales continue to increase at a higher rate year-over-year than cigarettes, our operating expenses, especially 
warehouse and distribution expenses, may increase as a percentage of total net sales. 

Income  before  income  taxes  increased  by  $10.6  million,  or  approximately  19.1%,  to  $66.0  million  for  2013,  driven 
primarily  by  the  addition  of  Davenport,  sales  growth  in  our  food/non-food  categories  and  a  $3.6  million  decrease  in  LIFO 
expense compared to 2012. Net income increased by 22.7% to $41.6 million from $33.9 million in 2012. Adjusted EBITDA(2 
) was $109.5 million in 2013 compared to $100.8 million for 2012. 
________________________________________ 
(1) Remaining  gross  profit  and  remaining  gross  profit  margin  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures  which  we  provide  to  segregate  the  effects  of  cigarette 
inventory holding gains, LIFO expense and other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit and related margins (see the calculation 
of remaining gross profit and remaining gross profit margin in “Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category” below).

(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial 
measures  calculated  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  of  America  (“GAAP”)  (see  the  calculation  of 
Adjusted EBITDA in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below).

23 

Business and Supply Expansion 

We continue to benefit from the expansion of our business and the execution of our core strategies focused primarily on 
enhancing  our  fresh  product  offering,  leveraging  VCI  and  providing  category  management  expertise  to  our  customers. Our 
strategies  take  costs  and  inefficiencies  out  of  the  supply  chain,  bringing  our  customers  an  avenue  to  offer  high  quality  fresh 
foods and optimize their consumer product offering. We believe each of these, when adopted, will increase the retailers' profits. 

Some of our more recent expansion activities include: 

• 

In March 2013, we signed a five year agreement with Imperial Oil to service approximately 500 Esso branded stores 
located in Ontario and the Western Provinces of Canada. We successfully rolled out service to all the Esso stores in 
October 2013. 

•  On  May  7,  2013,  we  signed  a  three  year  distribution  agreement  with  Turkey  Hill,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Kroger  Co. 
(“Kroger”)  and  the  largest  of  Kroger's  convenience  divisions,  to  service  all  their  convenience  stores,  which  are 
located  across  Pennsylvania,  Ohio  and  Indiana.  With  the  addition  of  the  Turkey  Hill  stores,  we  serviced 
approximately 700 Kroger convenience locations as of December 31, 2013. 

•  On  December 17,  2012,  we  acquired  Davenport,  a  large  convenience  wholesaler  based  in  North  Carolina,  which 
services customers in the eight states of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Ohio, Kentucky, West 
Virginia and Virginia. This acquisition increased Core-Mark's market presence in the Southeastern United States and 
further enhanced our ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers (see Note 3 - Acquisitions). 

We  continue  to  add  breadth  to  our  proprietary  “Fresh  and  Local™”  program  by  expanding  our  fresh  item  solutions. 
During 2013, we realized sales and margin growth in our “Fresh” categories resulting from improving our customers’ product 
assortment,  in-store  marketing  efforts  and  spoils  management.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  there  were  approximately  9,200 
participating stores in our “Fresh and Local™” program and sales for our Fresh categories grew by approximately 26% in 2013 
compared to 2012. 

Other Business Developments 

Dividends 

In 2013, our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.19 per common share on May 2, 2013 and August 
1, 2013 and declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per common share on November 1, 2013.  In lieu of the first quarter 
2013  dividend,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  an  accelerated  cash  dividend  of  $0.19  per  common  share  on  December  20, 
2012,  which  resulted  in  a  dividend  payment  of  approximately  $2.2  million  on  December  31,  2012.  We  paid  dividends  of 
approximately $7.1 million in 2013 compared to $10.3 million in 2012. 

Share Repurchase Program 

In  May  2013,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  $30  million  increase  to  our  stock  repurchase  plan.  At  the  time  of 
increase,  we  had  $2.3  million  remaining  under  our  stock  repurchase  plan  that  was  then  in  place.  In  2013,  we  repurchased 
126,872 shares of common stock at an average price of $56.60 compared to repurchases of 118,800 shares of common stock at 
an average price of $43.34 in 2012.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had $28.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively, 
available for future share repurchases under the program. 

24 

Results of Operations 

Comparison of 2013 and 2012 (in millions) (1): 

Net sales 

$

Net sales — Cigarettes 

Net sales — Food/non-food 
Net sales, less excise taxes (2)
Gross profit (3)
Warehousing and 

    distribution expenses 
Selling, general and 

    administrative expenses 
Amortization of 

   intangible assets 

Income from operations 

Interest expense 

Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction 

  losses, net 

Income before taxes 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

Amounts 

875.2   $
502.6  

372.6  

811.4  

60.3  

9,767.6

6,642.0

3,125.6

7,716.8

537.1

34.4  

297.1

14.6  

168.3

(0.3) 
11.6  

0.5  

0.1  

0.6  

10.6  

2.7

69.0
(2.7)
0.5

(0.8)
66.0

41.6

109.5

2013 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%

68.0

32.0

79.0

5.5

3.1

1.7

—

0.7

—

—

—

0.7

0.4

1.1

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes

Amounts 

—%  $

62.3  
37.7  
100.0  
7.0  

8,892.4

6,139.4

2,753.0

6,905.4

476.8

3.9  

262.7

2.2  

153.7

—  
0.9  
—  
—  

—  
0.9  
0.5  
1.4  

3.0

57.4
(2.2)
0.4

(0.2)
55.4

33.9

100.8

2012 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes
—%

69.0

31.0

77.7

5.4

3.0

1.7

—

0.6

—

—

—

0.6

0.4

1.1

63.1

36.9

100.0

6.9

3.8

2.2

—

0.8

—

—

—

0.8

0.5

1.5

Net income 
Adjusted EBITDA (4)
______________________________________________ 

8.7  

7.7  

(1)
(2)

(3)

(4)

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net  sales,  less  excise  taxes  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  separate  the  increase  in  sales  due  to  product  sales  growth  and 
increases  in  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes  which  we  are  responsible  for  collecting  and  remitting.  Federal  excise  taxes  are  levied  on  the 
manufacturers who pass the taxes on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette 
(cid:5)%(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:7)%(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:10)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:21)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:6) (cid:10)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:26)(cid:6) (cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:11)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:5)%(cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)es  in  excise  taxes  to 
negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 
Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our 
cost of goods sold. 
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial 
measures calculated in accordance with GAAP (see calculation of Adjusted EBITDA in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below). 

Net Sales. Net sales for 2013 increased by $875.2 million, or 9.8%, to $9,767.6 million from $8,892.4 million in 2012. 
Excluding excise taxes, net sales increased by 11.8% in 2013 due primarily to the addition of Davenport, net market share gains 
and incremental net sales to existing customers driven primarily by the success of our core strategies.

Net Sales of Cigarettes. Net sales of cigarettes for 2013 increased by $502.6 million, or 8.2%, to $6,642.0 million from 
$6,139.4 million in 2012. Net sales of cigarettes, excluding excise taxes, increased by 10.4% for the same periods.  The increase 
in net cigarette sales was driven primarily by sales from Davenport, net market share gains and a 2.3% increase in the average 
price  per  carton,  offset  by  a  1.8%  decrease  in  carton  sales.    In  the  U.S.,  cigarette  carton  sales  decreased  by  1.2%  excluding 
incremental carton sales from Davenport. Carton sales in Canada decreased by 7.5% due primarily to the loss of two non-major 
customers in the fourth quarter of 2012. Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 68.0% in 2013 compared 
to 69.0% for 2012.

We believe long-term cigarette consumption will be negatively impacted by rising prices, legislative actions, diminishing 
social acceptance and sales through illicit markets. We expect cigarette manufacturers will raise prices as carton sales decline in 
order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the effects of the decline to the distributor. In addition, 

25 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit declines through higher sales 
of food/non-food products. We expect this trend to continue as the convenience industry adjusts to consumer demands. 

Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products for 2013 increased $372.6 million, or 13.5%, 
to $3,125.6 million from $2,753.0 million in 2012. The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-
food products (in millions)(1):

Product Category 
Food 

Candy 

Other tobacco products 

Health, beauty & general 

Beverages 

Equipment/other 

Total Food/Non-food Products 

2013 

Net Sales 

2012 

Net Sales 

Increase / (Decrease) 

Amounts 

Percentage 

$

$

1,342.3 $
527.2

787.8

327.3

139.1

1.9
3,125.6 $

1,178.6   $
489.5  

687.8  

269.2  

125.6  

2.3  
2,753.0   $

163.7

37.7

100.0

58.1

13.5
(0.4)
372.6

13.9%

7.7

14.5

21.6

10.7

(17.4) 

13.5%

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.

 The increase in food/non-food sales in 2013 was driven primarily by sales from Davenport, net market share gains and 
incremental net sales from existing customers. Continued success in implementing our core strategies, benefiting primarily the 
food  category,  was  a  meaningful  driver  to  the  improvement  in  net  sales  to  existing  customers  during  2013.  In  addition,  we 
continued to see higher sales of smokeless tobacco products in our other tobacco products category (“OTP”) and e-cigarettes 
included  in  our  health,  beauty  &  general  product  category.  We  believe  the  trend  toward  increased  use  of  smokeless  tobacco 
products and e-cigarettes by consumers will continue and will help offset the impact of expected continued declines in cigarette 
consumption. This  shift  could  potentially  result  in  improved  profitability  over  time  due  to  the  profit  margins  associated  with 
smokeless tobacco products and e-cigarettes, being generally higher than the profit margins we earn on cigarette carton sales. 
Total net sales of food/non-food products as a percentage of total net sales increased to 32.0% in 2013 compared to 31.0% in 
2012. 

Gross  Profit.  Gross  profit  represents  the  amount  of  profit  after  deducting  cost  of  goods  sold  from  net  sales  during  the 
period. Vendor  incentives,  inventory  holding  gains  and  changes  in  LIFO  reserves  are  components  of  cost  of  goods  sold  and 
therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit for 2013 increased by $60.3 million, or 12.6%, to $537.1 million  from $476.8 
million in 2012 due primarily to the addition of Davenport, an increase in sales of higher margin food and e-cigarette products 
and a $3.6 million decrease in LIFO expense. Gross profit margin was 5.50% of total net sales for 2013 compared to 5.36% for 
2012.

The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2013 

and 2012 (in millions)(1): 

Increase 
(Decrease)

Amounts 
875.2   $ 9,767.6
7,716.8
811.4  

2013 

2012 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0 %

79.0

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes Amounts 
— %  $ 8,892.4
6,905.4

100.0  

% of Net 
sales 
100.0 %

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes
— %

77.7

100.0

1.2   $
3.6  

9.0
(8.7)
536.8
537.1

0.09 %

(0.09) 

5.50
5.50%

0.12 %  $
(0.12)   
6.96  
6.96% $

7.8
(12.3)
481.3
476.8

0.09 %

(0.14) 

5.41
5.36%

0.11 %

(0.18) 

6.97
6.90%

$

Net sales 
Net sales, less excise taxes (2)
Components of gross profit:
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3) $
LIFO expense 
Remaining gross profit (4)

55.5  
60.3 $
______________________________________________ 

Gross profit

$

(1)

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 

26 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
(2)

Net  sales,  less  excise  taxes  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  separate  the  increase  in  sales  due  to  product  sales  growth  and 
increases  in  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes  which  we  are  responsible  for  collecting  and  remitting.  Federal  excise  taxes  are  levied  on  the 
manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette 
excise  taxes  resul(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:10)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:21)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:6) (cid:10)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:26)(cid:6) (cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:11)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:5)%(cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6) (cid:5)%(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:7)%(cid:5)(cid:21)  to 
negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 

(3)      The amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada were $8.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for 2013, compared 

(4)

to $7.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for 2012. 
Remaining gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to segregate the effects of LIFO expense, cigarette inventory holding gains 
and other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit. 

Remaining  gross  profit  increased  $55.5  million,  or  11.5%,  to  $536.8  million  for  2013  from  $481.3  million  in  2012.  In 
2013,  our  remaining  gross  profit  for  food/non-food  products  was  approximately  70.8%  of  our  total  remaining  gross  profit 
compared to 68.6% for 2012. 

 Remaining  gross  profit  margin  was  5.50%  of  total  net  sales  in  2013  compared  to  5.41%  in  2012.  The  increase  in 
remaining gross profit margin was driven primarily by a shift in sales mix toward higher margin food/non-food items, which 
increased  overall  remaining  gross  profit  margin  by  26  basis  points,  offset  by  the  addition  of  Davenport  and  a  new  major 
customer which reduced margins collectively by 12 basis points. In addition, increases in cigarette manufacturer prices lowered 
remaining gross profit margin by five basis points in 2013 compared with 2012. 

Cigarette remaining gross profit per carton decreased by 3.5% in 2013 compared to 2012 due primarily to carton sales of 

Davenport and to the new major customer. 

Food/non-food remaining gross profit increased by $49.7 million, or 15.1%, in 2013 compared to 2012. Food/non-food 
remaining  gross  profit  margin  increased  16  basis  points  to  12.15%  in  2013  compared  with  11.99%  in  2012.  Excluding 
Davenport  and  the  new  major  customer,  food/non-food  remaining  gross  profit  margin  increased  by  23  basis  points  driven 
primarily  by  sales  growth  in  our  food  category  and  e-cigarette  products,  offset  by  OTP,  which  had  higher  sales  in  2013  but 
lower gross profit margins relative to other food/non-food products. 

To the extent we capture large chain business, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. However, large chain 
customers generally require less working capital, allowing us, in most cases, to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return 
on  our  investment.  Our  focus  is  to  strike  a  balance  between  large  chain  business,  which  generally  has  lower  gross  profit 
margins, and independently-owned convenience stores, which comprise over 64% of the overall convenience store market and 
generally  have  higher  gross  profit  margins.  In  addition,  although  price  inflation  did  not  materially  impact  our  results  from 
operations  on  a  comparable  basis  in  2013,  our  gross  profit  can  be  positively  or  negatively  impacted  on  a  comparable  basis 
depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation period over period. 

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses include costs related to Warehousing and Distribution, Selling, General and 
Administrative  and Amortization  of  Intangible Assets.  In  2013,  operating  expenses  increased  by  $48.7  million,  or  11.6%,  to 
$468.1 million from $419.4 million in 2012. The increase in operating expenses was due primarily to the addition of Davenport 
and an increase in sales volume of food/non-food products. As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses was 4.8% in 
2013 compared to 4.7% in 2012. A shift in sales to food/non-food products increased operating expenses as a percentage of net 
sales in 2013 since food/non-food products have lower sales price points than the cigarette category.

Warehousing and Distribution Expenses. Warehousing and distribution expenses increased by $34.4 million, or 13.1%, 
to  $297.1  million  in  2013  from  $262.7  million  in  2012.  The  increase  in  warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  was  due 
primarily to the addition of Davenport and a 7.6% increase in cubic feet of product handled for the remainder of the business 
compared to the prior year. As a percentage of total net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 3.1% and 3.0% for 
2013 and 2012, respectively, yet on a cost per cubic foot basis, decreased 0.7% on a comparable basis.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses.  SG&A expenses increased by $14.6 million, or 9.5% in 2013 
to $168.3 million from $153.7 million in 2012. The increase in SG&A expenses was due primarily to expenses attributable to 
Davenport and an increase of approximately $1.2 million related to integration and business expansion activities in the Eastern 
U.S. In addition, SG&A expenses in 2012 include a $1.8 million benefit related to the favorable resolution of legacy worker’s 
compensation and insurance claims. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 1.7% for both 2013 and 2012.

Interest  Expense. Interest  expense  includes  both  interest  and  loan  amortization  fees  related  to  borrowings  and  facility 
fees and interest on capital lease obligations. Interest expense was $2.7 million and $2.2 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. 
The increase in interest expense was due primarily to expenses related to a capital lease arrangement for a warehouse facility 
entered  into  in  December  2012.  Average  borrowings  in  2013  were  $35.3  million  with  an  average  interest  rate  of  1.8%, 
compared to average borrowings of $26.3 million and an average interest rate of 2.1% in 2012.

27 

Foreign Currency Transaction Losses, Net.  Foreign currency transaction losses were $0.8 million in 2013 compared to 

$0.2 million in 2012. The change was due primarily to the fluctuation in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate.

Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 37.0% for 2013 compared to 38.8% for 2012.  The decrease in our effective tax 
rate for 2013 was due primarily to a higher proportion of earnings  from states  with lower tax rates and a net benefit  of $0.9 
million, compared to a net benefit of $0.5 million in 2012, related primarily to adjustments of prior  year’s estimates and the 
expiration of the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions.

28 

Results of Operations 

  Comparison 2012 and 2011 (in millions) (1): 

Net sales 

$

Net sales — Cigarettes 

Net sales — Food/non-food 
Net sales, less excise taxes (2)
Gross profit (3)
Warehousing and 

    distribution expenses 
Selling, general and 

    administrative expenses 
Amortization of 

   intangible assets 

Income from operations 

Interest expense 

Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction 

   losses 

Income before taxes 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

Amounts 

777.5   $
428.8  

348.7  

742.0  

42.7  

8,892.4

6,139.4

2,753.0

6,905.4

476.8

28.1  

262.7

2.9  

153.7

—  

11.7  
(0.2) 
—  

(0.3) 
12.2  

3.0

57.4
(2.2)
0.4

(0.2)
55.4

33.9

100.8

2012 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%

69.0

31.0

77.7

5.4

3.0

1.7

—

0.6

—

—

—

0.6

0.4

1.1

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes

Amounts 

—%  $

63.1  
36.9  
100.0  
6.9  

8,114.9

5,710.6

2,404.3

6,163.4

434.1

3.8  

234.6

2.2  

150.8

—  
0.8  
—  
—  

—  
0.8  
0.5  
1.5  

3.0

45.7
(2.4)
0.4

(0.5)
43.2

26.2

91.9

2011 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes
—%

70.4

29.6

76.0

5.3

2.9

1.9

—

0.6

—

—

—

0.5

0.3

1.1

64.1

35.9

100.0

7.0

3.8

2.4

—

0.7

—

—

—

0.7

0.4

1.5

Net income 
Adjusted EBITDA (4)
______________________________________________ 
(1)
(2)

8.9  

7.7  

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net  sales,  less  excise  taxes  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  separate  the  increase  in  sales  due  to  product  sales  growth  and 
increases  in  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes  which  we  are  responsible  for  collecting  and  remitting.  Federal  excise  taxes  are  levied  on  the 
manufacturers who pass the taxes on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette 
excise  taxes  re(cid:21)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:10)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:21)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:6) (cid:10)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:26)(cid:6) (cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:11)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:5)%(cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6) (cid:5)%(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:7)xes  to 
negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 
Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our 
cost of goods sold. 
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial 
measures calculated in accordance with GAAP (see calculation of adjusted EBITDA in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below). 

(3)

(4)

Net  Sales. Net  sales  for 2012 increased by  $777.5 million,  or 9.6%,  to $8,892.4  million from  $8,114.9 million  in 2011. 
The  increase  was  due  primarily  to  market  share  gains  in  the Southeastern  U.S.,  sales  attributable  to  FCGC,  cigarette  price 
inflation and an additional 6.4% increase in food/non-food sales driven primarily by higher sales to new and existing customers.

Net Sales of Cigarettes. Net sales of cigarettes for 2012 increased by $428.8 million, or 7.5%, to $6,139.4 million from 
$5,710.6 million in 2011. This increase in net cigarette sales in 2012 was driven primarily by  sales attributable to our market 
share gains in the Southeastern U.S. and FCGC in 2012. In addition, there was a 2.4% increase in the average sales price per 
carton due primarily to cigarette manufacturer price increases. Total carton sales during 2012 increased 5.9%, consisting of an 
increase  of  7.5%  in  the  U.S.,  offset  by  a  decrease  of 7.5% in  Canada.  Excluding  incremental  carton  sales  attributable  to  the 
market  share  gains  in  the Southeastern  U.S.  and  FCGC,  carton  sales  declined  by 1.4% in  the  U.S.,  which  was  less  than  the 
overall  industry  decline  of  approximately  3.0%.  The  decline  in  Canada  related  primarily  to  the  loss  of  one  customer, 
representing less than 0.3% of total cartons sold by the Company, and a focused reduction in service to certain customers which 
resulted in improved profitability for the Canadian region in 2012. While  we have experienced only slight declines in carton 
sales  on  a  comparative  basis,  we  believe  long-term  cigarette  consumption  will  be  negatively  impacted  by  rising  prices, 
legislative actions, diminishing social acceptance and sales through illicit markets. We expect cigarette manufacturers will raise 
prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the effects of the decline 

29 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
to the distributor. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit 
declines  through  higher  sales  of  food/non-food  products.  We  expect  this  to  continue  as  the  convenience  industry  adjusts  to 
consumer demands. Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 69.0% in 2012 compared to 70.4% in 2011.

Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products for 2012 increased $348.7 million, or 14.5%, 
to $2,753.0 million from $2,404.3 million in 2011. The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-
food products (in millions)(1):

Product Category 
Food 

Candy 

Other tobacco products 

Health, beauty & general 

Beverages 

Equipment/other 

Total Food/Non-food Products 

2012 

Net Sales 

2011 

Increase / (Decrease) 

Net Sales 

Amounts 

Percentage 

$

$

1,178.6 $
489.5

687.8

269.2

125.6

2.3
2,753.0 $

995.7   $
459.8  

607.9  

237.5  

100.9  

2.5  
2,404.3   $

182.9

29.7

79.9

31.7

24.7
(0.2)
348.7

18.4%

6.5

13.1

13.3

24.5

(8.0) 

14.5%

______________________________________________ 
(1) Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.

Sales  associated  with  market  share  gains  in  the  Southeastern  U.S.  and  FCGC  represented  approximately  59%  of  the 
increase in food/non-food sales for 2012. The remaining 41% increase in food/non-food sales was due primarily to higher sales 
in  our  food  category  driven  by  our  sales  and  marketing  initiatives  with  existing  and  new  customers  and  higher  sales  of 
smokeless tobacco products included in our OTP and health, beauty & general product categories, which we believe was driven 
primarily by increased restrictions on where people are allowed to smoke in public. Total net sales of food/non-food products as 
a percentage of total net sales increased to 31.0% for 2012 compared to 29.6% in 2011. 

Gross  Profit. Gross  profit  represents  the  amount  of  profit  after  deducting  cost  of  goods  sold  from  net  sales  during  the 
period. Vendor  incentives,  inventory  holding  gains  and  changes  in  LIFO  reserves  are  components  of  cost  of  goods  sold  and 
therefore  part  of  our  gross  profit.  Gross  profit  for 2012 increased by $42.7  million,  or 9.8%,  to  $476.8  million from  $434.1 
million in 2011 due  primarily  to  our  market  share  gains  in  the  Southeastern  U.S.,  FCGC  and  an  increase  in  sales  in  our 
food/non-food category. Gross profit margin was 5.36% of total net sales for 2012 compared to 5.35% for 2011. Inflation from 
cigarette price increases in 2012 compressed our gross profit margin by approximately four basis points.

The  following  table  provides  the  components  comprising  the  change  in  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales 

for 2012 and 2011 (in millions)(1): 

Increase 
(Decrease)

Amounts 
777.5 $ 8,892.4
6,905.4
742.0

2012 

2011 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0 %

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes

— %  $

Amounts 
8,114.9

% of Net 
sales 
100.0 %

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise 

— %

77.7

100.0  

6,163.4

76.0

100.0

(0.4) $
(5.9)
(0.8)
6.0

7.8

—

—
(12.3)
481.3
476.8

0.09 %

—

—

(0.14) 

5.41
5.36%

0.11 %  $
—  
—  
(0.18)   
6.97  
6.90% $

8.2

5.9

0.8
(18.3)
437.5
434.1

0.10 %

0.13 %

0.07

0.01

0.10

0.01

(0.22) 

(0.30) 

5.39
5.35%

7.10
7.04%

$

Net sales 
Net sales, less excise taxes(2)
Components of gross profit:
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3) $
Net candy holding gain(4)
OTP tax items(5)
LIFO expense 
Remaining gross profit(6)

Gross profit

43.8
42.7 $
______________________________________________ 
(1)
(2)

$

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net  sales,  less  excise  taxes  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  separate  the  increase  in  sales  due  to  product  sales  growth  and 
increases  in  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes  which  we  are  responsible  for  collecting  and  remitting.  Federal  excise  taxes  are  levied  on  the 
manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette 

30 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
(cid:5)%(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:7)%(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:10)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:21)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:6) (cid:10)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:26)(cid:6) (cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:11)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:4)(cid:13)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:5)%(cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)es  in  excise  taxes  to 
negatively impact gross profit per carton (see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 
The  amount  of  cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  attributable  to  the  U.S.  and  Canada  were $7.0  million and $0.8  million,  respectively,  for 2012, 
compared to $7.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for 2011.
In 2011,  we  recognized  a $5.9 million  net  candy  holding  gain  resulting  from  U.S.  manufacturer  price  increases.  The  net  candy  holding  gain  was 
estimated as the amount in excess of our normal manufacturer incentives for those products sold during the year.

(3)

(4)

(5) We received an OTP tax settlement of $0.8 million in 2011.
(6)

Remaining gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to segregate the effects of LIFO expense, cigarette inventory holding gains 
and other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit.

Remaining  gross  profit increased $43.8  million,  or 10.0%,  to $481.3  million for 2012 from $437.5  million in 2011.  The 
increase in remaining gross profit  was driven by a $32.2 million, or 10.8%, increase in food/non-food remaining gross profit 
and  a 2.3% per  carton  increase  in  cigarette  remaining  gross  profit.  Remaining  gross  profit  margin  for 2012 increased  slightly 
to 5.41% from 5.39% for 2011. The increase in remaining gross profit margin was driven by our marketing strategies focused 
primarily on our  food/non-food commodities offset by lower profit  margins under the  new Southeastern customer agreement 
with  Couche-Tard,  lower  income  from  manufacturer  price  increases,  as  well  as  margin  compression  resulting  from  price 
increases by cigarette manufacturers in 2012. 

Cigarette  remaining  gross  profit increased 8.3% in 2012 compared  to 2011 due  primarily  to  a  5.9%  increase  in  cartons 
sold,  driven  by  market  share  gains  in  the  Southeastern  United  States  and  sales  by  FCGC.  On  a  per  carton  basis,  cigarette 
remaining gross profit increased 2.3% in 2012 compared to 2011. 

Food/non-food  remaining  gross  profit increased $32.2 million,  or 10.8%,  for 2012 compared  to 2011,  despite  a decrease 
of $3.6  million in  inventory  holding  gains.  The  increase  in  food/non-food  remaining  gross  profit  was  driven  primarily  by 
market share gains in the Southeastern U.S., FCGC and growth in sales to existing customers. Remaining gross profit margin 
for our food/non-food category for 2012 was 11.99% compared to 12.39% for 2011. The new Southeastern customer agreement 
with  Couche-Tard  and  business  acquired  with  other  larger  chain  customers  in  2012  compressed  remaining  gross  profit  for 
food/non-food  by  approximately  39  basis  points.  In  addition,  lower  income  from  manufacturer  price  increases  for  food/non-
food in 2012 reduced remaining gross profit margin by 17 basis points compared to 2011. Our gross profit can be positively or 
negatively impacted on a comparable basis depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation period over period and 
the timing of certain vendor incentives. In addition, to the extent that we continue to capture additional large chain business, our 
gross  profit  margins  may  be  negatively  impacted.  However,  large  chain  customers  generally  require  less  working  capital, 
allowing us, in most cases, to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return on our investment. Our focus is to strike a balance 
between large chain business, which generally have lower gross profit margins and independently owned convenience stores, 
which generally have higher gross profit margins and comprise over 65% of the overall convenience store market in the U.S. 

In 2012,  our  remaining  gross  profit  for  food/non-food  products  was  approximately 68.6% of  our  total  remaining  gross 

profit compared to 68.1% in 2011. 

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses include costs related to Warehousing and Distribution, Selling, General and 
Administrative and Amortization of Intangible Assets. In 2012, operating expenses increased $31.0 million, or 8.0%, to $419.4 
million from $388.4  million in 2011. The  increase  in  operating  expenses  was  due  primarily  to  the  new  Florida  distribution 
center,  additional  costs  to  support  the  increased  sales  volume  and  the  acquisition  of  FCGC  in  May 2011. Additional  items 
impacting  operating  expenses  for  the  year  ended December 31, 2012 are  discussed  below. As  a  percentage  of  net  sales,  total 
operating expenses declined to 4.7% for 2012 compared to 4.8% for 2011.

Warehousing  and  Distribution  Expenses.   Warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  in 2012 increased $28.1  million, 
or 12.0%,  to $262.7  million from $234.6  million in 2011.  The increase in  warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  was  due 
primarily to the new Florida distribution center, additional costs to support the increased sales volume, the addition of FCGC 
and  a  $2.5  million  increase  in  healthcare  claims  and  workers  compensation  costs.  In  addition,  warehousing  and  distribution 
expenses for 2012 were impacted by temporary operational inefficiencies at certain divisions resulting primarily in higher labor 
costs, and a $1.0 million increase in net fuel costs, due largely to an increase in miles driven. Although the price we pay for fuel 
increased  only  modestly  in  2012,  future  increases  or  decreases  in  fuel  costs,  or  in  the  fuel  surcharges  we  pass  on  to  our 
customers, may materially impact our financial results depending on the extent and timing of these changes. As a percentage of 
net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 3.0% for 2012 compared to 2.9% for 2011.

Selling,  General  and  Administrative  (“SG&A”)  Expenses. SG&A  expenses  in 2012 increased $2.9  million,  or 1.9%, 
to $153.7 million from $150.8 million in 2011. The increase in SG&A expenses was due primarily to the addition of the Florida 
distribution center, the acquisition of FCGC and $1.3 million of Davenport acquisition costs, partially offset by a $1.8 million 
reduction  in  expenses  resulting  from  the  favorable  resolution  of  legacy  workers'  compensation  and  insurance  claims.  SG&A 
expenses for 2011 included $2.7 million of acquisition and start-up costs related to FCGC and $1.8 million of costs related to 

31 

the start-up of the Florida distribution center and other infrastructure costs to support the new Southeastern customer agreement 
with Couche-Tard. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses declined to 1.7% for 2012 compared to 1.9% for 2011.

Interest  Expense. Interest  expense  includes  both  interest  and  loan  amortization  fees  related  to  borrowings  and  facility 
fees.  Interest  expense  was $2.2  million for 2012 compared  to $2.4  million for 2011. The decrease  was  due  primarily  to  lower 
fees  for  unused  facility  and  letter  of  credit  participation,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  average  borrowings  during 2012. 
Average  borrowings  for 2012 were  $26.3  million with  an  average  interest  rate  of 2.1%,  compared  to  average  borrowings  of 
$21.1 million and an average interest rate of 2.2% for 2011.

Interest  Income. Interest  income  was $0.4  million for  both 2012 and 2011.  Our  interest  income  was  derived  primarily 

from earnings on cash balances kept in trust, checking accounts and overnight deposits.

Foreign  Currency  Transaction  Losses,  Net.   We  realized  foreign  currency  transaction  losses  of  $0.2  million  for  2012 
compared  to  $0.5  million  in  2011. The  change  was  due  primarily  to  the  level  of  investment  in  our  Canadian  operations  and  
fluctuation in Canadian/U.S. exchange rate.

Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 38.8% for 2012 compared to 39.4% for 2011. The decrease in our effective tax 
rate  for 2012 was  due  primarily  to  a  higher  proportion  of  earnings  from  states  with  lower  tax  rates  and  the  impact  of  non-
deductible  acquisition  related  costs  recognized  in  each  period  (see Note  10  -  Income  Taxes to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  for  a  reconciliation  of  the  differences  between  the  federal  statutory  tax  rate  and  the  effective  tax  rate).  In 
both 2012 and 2011, the provision for income taxes included a net benefit of $0.5 million related primarily to the expiration of 
the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions and adjustments of prior year's estimates.

32 

   Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category 

The  following  table  summarizes  our  cigarette  and  food/non-food  product  sales,  LIFO  expense,  gross  profit  and  other 

relevant financial data for 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions)(1): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Cigarettes

Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2)
Net sales, less excise taxes (3)
LIFO expense 
Gross profit (4)
Gross profit % 

Gross profit % less excise taxes 
Remaining gross profit (6)
Remaining gross profit % 

Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes 

Food/Non-food Products

Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2)
Net sales, less excise taxes (3)
LIFO expense 
Gross profit (5)
Gross profit % 

Gross profit % less excise taxes 
Remaining gross profit (6)
Remaining gross profit % 

Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes 

Totals

Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2)
Net sales, less excise taxes (3)
LIFO expense 
Gross profit (4) (5)
Gross profit % 

Gross profit % less excise taxes 
Remaining gross profit (6)
Remaining gross profit % 

Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes 

$

6,642.0   $
1,832.8  

6,139.4   $
1,782.4  

4,809.2  

4,357.0  

7.5  

158.5  
2.39% 
3.30% 
157.0   $
2.36% 
3.26% 

8.0  

151.0  
2.46% 
3.47% 
151.2   $
2.46% 
3.47% 

5,710.6

1,762.1

3,948.5

10.4

137.4
2.41%
3.48%
139.6
2.44%
3.54%

3,125.6   $
218.0  

2,753.0   $
204.6  

2,404.3

189.4

2,907.6  

2,548.4  

2,214.9

1.2  

378.6  
12.11% 
13.02% 
379.8   $
12.15% 
13.06% 

4.3  

325.8  
11.83% 
12.78% 
330.1   $
11.99% 
12.95% 

9,767.6   $
2,050.8  

8,892.4   $
1,987.0  

7,716.8  

6,905.4  

8.7  

537.1  
5.50% 
6.96% 
536.8   $
5.50% 
6.96% 

12.3  

476.8  
5.36% 
6.90% 
481.3   $
5.41% 
6.97% 

7.9

296.7
12.34%
13.40%
297.9
12.39%
13.45%

8,114.9

1,951.5

6,163.4

18.3

434.1
5.35%
7.04%
437.5
5.39%
7.10%

$

$

$

$

$

33 

 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
______________________________________________ 

(1)
(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Excise taxes included in our net sales consist of state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal 
excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. 
Although  increases  in  cigarette  excise  taxes  result  in  higher  net  sales,  our  overall  gross  profit  percentage  may  be  reduced  since  gross  profit  dollars 
generally remain the same. 
Net  sales,  less  excise  taxes  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  separate  the  increase  in  sales  due  to  product  sales  growth  and 
increases in excise taxes. 
Cigarette gross profit includes (i) cigarette inventory holding gains related to manufacturer price increases, (ii) increases in state, local and provincial 
excise  taxes  and  (iii)  LIFO  effects.  Cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  for  the  years  2013,  2012  and  2011  were  $9.0  million,  $7.8  million  and  $8.2 
million, respectively. 
Food/non-food gross profit includes (i) inventory holding gains related to manufacturer price increases, (ii) increases in state, local and provincial excise 
taxes, (iii) LIFO effects, (iv) OTP tax items and (v) a net candy holding gain. Included in food/non-food gross profit for 2011 was a $5.9 million net 
candy holding gain and an OTP tax settlement of $0.8 million. 
Remaining gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to segregate the effects of LIFO expense, cigarette inventory holding gains 
and other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 were $11.0 million compared to $19.1 million at December 31, 
2012. Our restricted cash at December 31, 2013 was $12.1 million compared to $10.9 million at December 31, 2012. Restricted 
cash represents primarily funds that have been set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing authorities 
to secure amounts payable for cigarette and tobacco excise taxes. 

Our  liquidity  requirements  arise  primarily  from  the  funding  of  our  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  debt  service 
requirements of our Credit Facility, income taxes, repurchases of common stock and dividend payments. We have historically 
funded  our  liquidity  requirements  through  our  cash  flows  from  operations  and  external  borrowings.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013, our cash flows from operating activities provided $59.1 million and at December 31, 2013, we had $122.7 
million of borrowing capacity available under our Credit Facility. 

Based  on  our  anticipated  cash  needs,  availability  under  our  Credit  Facility  and  the  scheduled  maturity  of  our  debt,  we 

expect that our current liquidity will be sufficient to meet all of our anticipated operating needs during the next twelve months. 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Year ended December 31, 2013 

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $12.1 million to $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013 compared to $71.2 million for the same period in 2012. This decrease was due primarily to a $20.0 million decrease in net 
cash provided by working capital, offset by an increase of $7.9 million in net income adjusted for non-cash items. The decrease 
in working capital was due primarily to an increase in inventory attributable to speculative inventory purchases, the addition of 
new  customers  and  related  higher  levels  of  food/non-food  inventory  to  support  sales  growth.  In  addition,  working  capital 
increased due to higher accounts receivables resulting from increased sales volume, and the timing of prepayments of cigarette 
purchases from certain manufacturers. These factors were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable, which was driven 
primarily by an increase in non-cigarette sales volume, and cigarette and tobacco taxes payable due primarily to timing of year-
end stamp purchases. 

Year ended December 31, 2012

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  by  $59.9  million  to  $71.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31, 
2012  compared  to  $11.3  million  for  the  same  period  in  2011.  This  increase  was  due  to  a  $52.8  million  increase  in  net  cash 
provided by  working capital and a $7.1 million increase in net  income adjusted for non-cash items. The increase in net cash 
provided by working capital was due primarily to a decrease in inventory and accounts receivable levels during 2012, excluding 
the impact of the Davenport acquisition. Accounts and other receivables, net, were lower at the end of 2012, due to the timing 
of  collections.  The  decrease  in  inventory  was  due  primarily  to  lower  levels  of  year-end  purchases  related  to  seasonal 
promotional opportunities, new business and holiday timing.  In addition, during 2012 we generated less working capital from 
accounts payable and cigarette and tobacco taxes payable, which declined consistent with the lower levels of inventory. 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Year ended December 31, 2013 

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $36.6 million to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 
compared to $60.6 million for the same period in 2012. This decrease was due primarily to a $30.4 million reduction in cash 

34 

used for acquisitions. In 2012, we paid $34.3 million in connection with the acquisition of Davenport, and, in 2013, we paid an 
additional  $3.6  million  to  the  previous  owners  of  Davenport  related  primarily  to  certain  post-closing  purchase  price 
adjustments. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities was also due to lower capital expenditures, which decreased 
by  approximately  $10.4  million  to  $18.0  million  in  2013  compared  to  $28.4  million  in  2012.  The  decrease  in  capital 
expenditures is attributable primarily to the postponement of certain projects to 2014. 

Year ended December 31, 2012 

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $14.5 million to $60.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 
compared to $75.1 million for the same period in 2011. This decrease was due primarily to a $16.8 million reduction in cash 
used for acquisitions. In 2012 we acquired Davenport for $34.0 million, net of acquired cash, compared with the acquisition of 
FCGC in 2011 for which we paid $50.8 million, net of acquired cash. Capital expenditures increased by $4.5 million to $28.6 
million  in  2012  compared  with  $24.1  million  in  2011.  The  increase  in  capital  expenditures  was  due  primarily  to  expansion 
projects at certain warehouses. 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Year ended December 31, 2013 

Net cash used in financing activities increased by $37.4 million to $43.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 
compared to $6.1 million for the same period in 2012. This increase was due primarily to net repayments of $27.0 million in 
2013 compared to net borrowings of $11.3 million in 2012. 

Year ended December 31, 2012 

Net cash used in financing activities was $6.1 million for 2012 compared to net cash provided of $62.9 million for the 
same period in 2011, a change of $69.0 million. This change was due primarily to a decrease in net borrowings under our Credit 
Facility of $50.7 million, a decrease of $21.9 million in book overdrafts, caused by the level of cash on hand in relation to the 
timing of vendor payments and an $8.4 million increase in cash used to pay dividends to stockholders, all of which were offset 
by a $13.8 million decrease in cash used to repurchase common stock in 2012. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA is a measure used by management to measure operating performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA 
provides meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business and allows investors to 
view  results  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  method  used  by  our  management.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  also  among  the  primary 
measures  used  externally  by  our  investors,  analysts  and  peers  in  our  industry  for  purposes  of  valuation  and  comparing  our 
results to other companies in our industry.  Adjusted EBITDA is not defined by GAAP and the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA 
should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance 
with  GAAP.  We  may  define  Adjusted  EBITDA  differently  than  other  companies  and  therefore  such  measures  may  not  be 
comparable to ours. 

The following table provides the components of Adjusted EBITDA for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

(in millions): 

Net income 
Interest expense, net (1)
Provision for income taxes 

Depreciation and amortization 

LIFO expense 

Stock-based compensation expense 

Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net 

Adjusted EBITDA 

______________________________________________ 
Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income. 
(1)

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$

$

41.6

2.2

24.4

27.2

8.7

4.6

$

33.9

$

1.8

21.5

25.3

12.3

5.8

0.8
109.5

$

0.2
100.8

$

26.2

2.0

17.0

22.4

18.3

5.5

0.5
91.9

Adjusted EBITDA for 2013 increased 8.6% to $109.5 million compared to $100.8 million for 2012. Included in Adjusted 
EBITDA  for  2013  is  approximately  $2.8  million  of  expenses  related  to  integration  and  business  expansion  activities  in  the 

35 

Eastern U.S.  Adjusted EBITDA for 2012 includes $1.3 million of acquisition costs offset by a $1.8 million benefit associated 
with  the  favorable  recovery  of  legacy  workers’  compensation  and  insurance  claims.  Excluding  the  aforementioned  items, 
Adjusted EBITDA increased 12.0% year-over-year, driven primarily by the addition of Davenport and growth in our food/non-
food business. 

Our Credit Facility 

Our  Credit  Facility  has  a  capacity  of  $200  million  which  is  expandable  up  to  an  additional  $100  million  of  lenders' 
revolving  commitments,  subject  to  certain  provisions.  On  May  30,  2013,  we  entered  into  a  fifth  amendment  to  the  Credit 
Facility (the "Fifth Amendment"), which, among other things, extended the term of  the Credit Facility from May 2016 to May 
2018 and reduced the margin on LIBOR or CDOR borrowing rates. In addition, the Fifth Amendment provides for future stock 
repurchases of up to an aggregate of $50 million, not to exceed $15 million in any year and re-established a $75 million ceiling 
for dividends allowable over the term of the Credit Facility. 

All obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by first priority liens upon substantially all of our present and future 
assets. The  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility  permit  prepayment  without  penalty  at  any  time  (subject  to  customary  breakage  costs 
with respect to LIBOR or CDOR based loans prepaid prior to the end of an interest period). 

The Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among others, limitations on dividends and other restricted 
payments, other indebtedness, liens, investments and acquisitions and certain asset sales. As of December 31, 2013, we were in 
compliance with all of the covenants under the Credit Facility. 

Amounts borrowed, outstanding letters of credit and amounts available to borrow, net of certain reserves required under 

the Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions):

Amounts borrowed 

Outstanding letters of credit 
Amounts available to borrow (1)
______________________________________________ 

(1) Excluding $100 million expansion feature. 

December 31, 

December 31, 

2013 

2012 

$

46.3   $
21.8  

122.7  

73.3

19.8

97.7

Average  borrowings  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013  and  2012  were  $35.3  million  and  $26.3  million, 
respectively, with amounts borrowed at any one time during the years then ended ranging from zero to $112.0 million and zero 
to $91.5 million, respectively. 

The weighted-average interest rate on our Credit Facility for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 1.8% and 
2.1%, respectively.  The weighted-average interest rate is calculated based on the daily cost of borrowing, reflecting a blend of 
prime and LIBOR rates.  We paid fees for unused credit facility and letter of credit participation, which are included in interest 
expense, of $0.8 million, $0.9 million, and $1.3 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  We recorded charges related to 
amortization of debt issuance costs, which are included in interest expense, of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Unamortized debt issuance costs were $1.4 million and $1.5 
million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

Contractual Obligations. The following table presents information regarding our contractual obligations that existed as of 

December 31, 2013 (in millions): 

36 

$

Credit Facility (1)
Purchase obligations (2)
Letters of credit 

Operating leases 
Capitalized leases (3)

Total contractual obligations (4)(5)(6)

$

Total 

Less than 1 Year

1 - 3 Years 

3 - 5 Years 

More than 5 
Years 

46.3   $
24.4  

21.8  

213.7  

12.5  
318.7   $

— $
6.8

21.8

33.8

1.2
63.6 $

—   $
3.8

—

60.0

2.2
66.0   $

46.3 $
3.8  

—

47.9  

1.6  
99.6   $

—

10.0

—

72.0

7.5
89.5

______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

Represents amounts borrowed under our Credit Facility and does not include interest costs associated with the Credit Facility. 
Our purchase obligations at December 31, 2013 were related primarily to delivery equipment and purchases of compressed natural gas for our trucking 
fleet.  Purchase  orders  for  the  purchase  of  inventory  and  other  services  are  not  included  in  the  table  above  because  purchase  orders  represent 
authorizations  to  purchase  rather  than  binding  agreements.  For  purposes  of  this  table,  contractual  obligations  for  purchase  of  goods  or  services  are 
defined  as  agreements  that  are  enforceable  and  legally  binding  and  that  specify  all  significant  terms,  including:  fixed  or  minimum  quantities  to  be 
(cid:20)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:24)(cid:12)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:25)(cid:3)%(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:3)(cid:17)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:7)(cid:22)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are based on our current 
inventory  needs  and  are  fulfilled  by  our  suppliers  within  short  time  periods.  We  also  enter  into  contracts  for  outsourced  ser(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:11)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:14)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)
obligations under these contracts are not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty. 
Represents present value of future minimum lease payments for warehouse facility, refrigeration and other office and warehouse equipment. Current 
maturities of capital leases are included in accrued liabilities, and non-current maturities are included in long-term debt. Interest costs associated with 
the capitalized leases are not included in the table above. 
We  have  not  included  in  the  table  above  claims  liabilities  of  $28.2  million,  net  of  current  portion,  which  includes  health  and  welfare,  workers' 
compensation  and  general  and  auto  liabilities  because  it  does  not  have  a  definite  payout  by  year.  They  are  included  in  a  separate  line  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet and discussed in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements. 
As discussed in Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements, we have a $2.1 million long-term obligation arising from 
an underfunded pension plan. Future minimum pension funding requirements are not included in the schedule above as they are not available for all 
periods presented. 
The  table  excludes  unrecognized  tax  liabilities  of  $0.6  million  because  a  reasonable  and  reliable  estimate  of  the  timing  of  future  tax  payments  or 
settlements, if any, cannot be determined (see Note 10 - Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements). 

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Letter of Credit Commitments. As of December 31, 2013, our standby letters of credit issued under our Credit Facility 
were  $21.8  million  related  primarily  to  casualty  insurance  and  tax  obligations.  The  majority  of  the  standby  letters  of  credit 
mature  in  one  year.  However,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business,  we  will  continue  to  renew  or  modify  the  terms  of  the 
letters of credit to support business requirements. The liabilities underlying the letters of credit are reflected on our consolidated 
balance sheets.

Operating Leases. The majority of our sales offices, warehouse facilities and trucks are subject to lease agreements which 
expire at various dates through 2032, excluding renewal options. These leases generally require us to maintain, insure and pay 
any related taxes. In most instances, we expect the leases that expire will be renewed or replaced in the normal course of our 
business.

Third  Party  Distribution  Centers.  We  currently  manage  two  regional  distribution  centers  for  third  party  convenience 
store  operators  who  engage  in  self-distribution.  Under  the  agreement  relating  to  one  of  these  facilities,  the  third  party  has  a 
“put” right under which it may require us to acquire the facility. If the put right is exercised, we will be required to (1) purchase 
the inventory in the facilities at cost, (2) purchase the physical assets of the facilities at fully depreciated cost and (3) assume the 
obligations of the third party as lessees under the leases related to those facilities. While we believe the likelihood that this put 
option  will  be  exercised  is  remote,  if  it  were  exercised,  we  would  be  required  to  make  aggregate  capital  expenditures  of 
approximately $2.0 million based on current estimates. The amount of capital expenditures would vary depending on the timing 
of any exercise of  such put right and does  not include an estimate of the cost to purchase inventory because such purchases 
would  simply  replace  other  planned  inventory  purchases  and  would  not  represent  an  incremental  cost.  In  the  event  the  third 
party terminates self-distribution, they are required to enter into a five year distribution agreement with us to supply their stores.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

This  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  our  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  is  based  on  our 
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
U.S.  The  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses 
during the reporting period. The critical accounting polices used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are 
those  that  are  important  both  to  the  presentation  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  and  require  significant 

37 

judgments with regards to estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions we believe are 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets 
and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  We  believe  the  current  assumptions  and  other  considerations 
used to   (cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:17)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:25)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:20)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:16)(cid:7)(cid:23)(cid:6)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:23)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:25)(cid:25)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:25)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:6)
estimates. 

We  believe  that  the  following  represent  the  more  critical  accounting  policies,  which  are  subject  to  estimates  and 

assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for losses we estimate will arise from our trade customers' inability to 
make  required  payments.  We  evaluate  the  collectability  of  accounts  receivable  and  determine  the  appropriate  allowance  for 
doubtful accounts based on historical experience and a review of specific customer accounts. In determining the adequacy of 
allowances  for  customer  receivables,  we  analyze  factors  such  as  the  value  of  any  collateral,  customer  financial  statements, 
historical  collection  experience,  aging  of  receivables,  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors.  It  is  possible  that  the 
accuracy  of  the  estimation  process  could  be  materially  affected  by  different  judgments  as  to  the  collectability  based  on 
information considered and further deterioration of accounts. If circumstances change (i.e., further evidence of material adverse 
creditworthiness, additional accounts become credit risks, store closures or deterioration in general economic conditions), our 
estimates of the recoverability of amounts due us could be reduced by a material amount. 

The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  at  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  amounted  to  3.8%,  4.5%  and  4.2%, 

respectively, of gross trade accounts receivable. 

Bad debt expense associated with our trade customer receivables was $1.1 million in 2013 and $2.0 million for both 2012 

and 2011. As a percentage of net sales, our bad debt expense was less than 0.1% for 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances 

Periodic payments from vendors in various forms including rebates, promotional allowances and volume discounts are 
reflected in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and as cost of goods sold as the related merchandise is sold. 
Up-front  consideration  received  from  vendors  linked  to  purchase  or  other  commitments  is  initially  deferred  and  amortized 
ratably  to  cost  of  goods  sold  or  as  the  performance  of  the  activities  specified  by  the  vendor  to  earn  the  fee  is  completed. 
Cooperative  marketing  incentives  from  suppliers  are  recorded  as  reductions  to  cost  of  goods  sold  to  the  extent  the  vendor 
considerations exceed the costs relating to the programs. These amounts are recorded in the period the related promotional or 
merchandising programs were provided. Certain vendor incentive promotions require that we make assumptions and judgments 
regarding,  for  example,  the  likelihood  of  achieving  market  share  levels  or  attaining  specified  levels  of  purchases.  Vendor 
incentives are at the discretion of our vendors and can fluctuate due to changes in vendor strategies and market requirements. 

Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables 

We maintain reserves related to workers' compensation, general and auto liability and health and welfare programs that 
are  principally  self-insured.  Our  workers'  compensation,  general  and  auto  liability  insurance  policies  currently  include  a 
deductible of $500,000 per occurrence and we maintain excess loss insurance that covers any health and welfare costs in excess 
of $200,000 per person per year. 

Our  reserves  for  workers'  compensation,  general  and  auto  insurance  liabilities  are  estimated  based  on  applying  an 
actuarially  derived  loss  development  factor  to  our  incurred  losses,  including  losses  for  claims  incurred  but  not  yet  reported. 
Actuarial projections of losses concerning  workers' compensation, general and auto insurance liabilities are subject to a high 
degree  of  variability. Among  the  causes  of  this  variability  are  unpredictable  external  factors  affecting  future  inflation  rates, 
health care costs, litigation trends, legal interpretations, legislative reforms, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns. 
Our  reserve  for  health  and  welfare  claims  includes  an  estimate  of  claims  incurred  but  not  yet  reported,  which  is  derived 
primarily from historical experience.

Our claim liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible 
and other insured events are presented in their gross amounts because there is no right of offset. The following is a summary of 
our net reserves as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions): 

38 

Gross claims liabilities:

     Workers' compensation 

     Auto & general insurance 

     Health & welfare 

Total gross claims liabilities 

Insurance recoverables 

Reserves (net): 

     Workers' compensation 

     Auto & general insurance 

     Health & welfare 

$

$

$

$

Reserves (net) 
______________________________________________ 

$

2013 

2012 

Current 

Long-Term

Total 

Current 

Long-Term

Total 

8.1   $
2.3

2.5
12.9   $

26.1   $
2.1  

—  
28.2   $

34.2   $
4.4  

2.5  
41.1   $

4.8 $
1.1

2.6
8.5 $

26.2   $
1.6

0.3
28.1   $

31.0

2.7

2.9
36.6

(5.3)  $

(17.2)  $

(22.5)   $

(2.1) $

(17.6)  $

(19.7)

3.6   $
1.5

2.5
7.6   $

9.9   $
1.1  

—  
11.0   $

13.5   $
2.6  

2.5  
18.6   $

2.9 $
0.9

2.6
6.4 $

9.1   $
1.1

0.3
10.5   $

12.0

2.0

2.9
16.9

The increase in these reserves for 2013 was due primarily to a higher number of claims and reported losses for our general 
and auto insurance liability, combined with the addition of our new division in North Carolina. A 10% change in our incurred 
but not reported estimates  would increase or decrease the estimated reserves  for our  workers' compensation liability, general 
and  auto  insurance  liability  and  health  and  welfare  liability  as  of  December 31,  2013  by  $0.7  million,  $0.1  million  and  $0.2 
million, respectively. 

Pension Liabilities 

We  sponsored  a  qualified  defined-benefit  pension  plan  and  a  post-retirement  benefit  plan  (collectively,  the  “Pension 
Plans”)  for  employees  hired  before  September  1986  and  certain  employees  of  Fleming,  our  former  parent  company.  As 
discussed in Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements, our qualified defined-benefit pension 
plan was underfunded by $2.1 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There have been no new 
entrants  to  the  pension  or  non-pension  post-retirement  benefit  plans  after  those  benefit  plans  were  frozen  on  September 30, 
1989. Pursuant to the plan of reorganization (May 2004) described in Exhibit 2.1 and incorporated by reference (see Part IV, 
Item 15, Exhibit Index of this Form 10-K), we were assigned the obligations for three former Fleming defined-benefit pension 
plans, and these plans were merged into our defined benefit pension plan effective December 2007. 

The  determination  of  the  obligation  and  expense  associated  with  our  Pension  Plans  are  dependent,  in  part,  on  our 
selection  of  certain  assumptions  used  by  our  independent  actuaries  in  calculating  these  amounts.  These  assumptions  are 
disclosed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements and include, among other things, the weighted-average discount 
rate,  the  expected  weighted-average  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  and  the  rate  of  compensation  increases. Actual 
results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions because of economic and other factors. In accordance with 
U.S. GAAP, actual results that differ from the actuarial assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, 
therefore, affect recognized expense and the recorded obligation in such future periods. While we believe our assumptions are 
appropriate, significant differences in actual results or changes in our assumptions may materially affect our pension and other 
post-retirement obligations and the future expense.

 We select the weighted-average discount rates for each benefit plan as the rate at which the benefits could be effectively 
settled  as  of  the  measurement  date.  In  selecting  an  appropriate  weighted-average  discount  rate  we  use  a  yield  curve 
methodology,  matching  the  expected  benefits  at  each  duration  to  the  available  high  quality  yields  at  that  duration  and 
calculating an equivalent yield, which is the ultimate discount rate used. The weighted-average discount rate used to determine 
the pension obligation and pension expense were 4.60% and 3.80%, respectively, for 2013 and 3.80% and 4.72%, respectively, 
for  2012.  A  lower  weighted-average  discount  rate  increases  the  present  value  of  benefit  obligations  and  increases  pension 
expense. Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of our portfolio and the review of projected 
returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. Our target 
asset  allocation  mix  is  designed  to  meet  our  long-term  pension  and  post-retirement  benefit  plan  requirements.  Our  assumed 
weighted-average rate of return on our assets was 7.0% and 7.3% for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Sensitivity to changes in the major assumptions for our pension plans as of December 31, 2013 is as follows (in millions): 

39 

 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
Expected return on plan assets 

Discount rate -- Pension 

Discount rate -- Post-retirement 

Long-Lived and Other Intangible Assets Impairment 

Percentage 
Point 
Change 
+/- .25 pt 

+/- .25 pt 

+/- .25 pt 

Projected 
Benefit 
Obligation 
Decrease 
(Increase) 
N/A 

$0.8 / (0.8) 

$0.1 / (0.1) 

Expense 
 Decrease  
(Increase) 
$0.1 / (0.1) 

$0.0 / (0.0) 

$0.0 / (0.0) 

We  review  our  intangible  and  other  long-lived  assets  for  potential  impairment  at  least  quarterly.  Long-lived  and  other 
intangible  assets  are  required  to  be  tested  for  impairment  when  events  and  circumstances  exist  that  indicate  the  carrying 
amounts of those assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets consist primarily of land, buildings, furniture, fixtures and 
equipment, leasehold improvements and other intangible assets. An impairment  of  long-lived assets exists  when the carrying 
amount of a long-lived asset, or asset group, exceeds its fair value. Impairment losses are recorded when the carrying amount of 
the  impaired  asset  is  not  recoverable.  Recoverability  is  determined  by  comparing  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  (or  asset 
group) to the undiscounted cash flows which are expected to be generated from its use. Our estimates of future cash flows are 
based on historical experience and management's expectations of relevant customers and markets and other operational factors. 
These  estimates  project  future  cash  flows  several  years  into  the  future  and  can  be  affected  by  factors  such  as  competition, 
inflation and other economic conditions. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less 
the  cost  to  sell  such  assets.  We  did  not  record  impairment  losses  related  to  long-lived  and  other  intangible  assets  or  assets 
identified for abandonment as a result of facility closures or facility relocation in any of the years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012 and 2011. 

Goodwill Impairment 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  of  an  acquired  business  over  the  fair  value  of  the 
identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to 
amortization  but  must  be  evaluated  for  impairment.  We  test  goodwill  for  impairment  annually  or  whenever  events  or 
circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. Each 
quarter,  or  whenever  events  or  circumstances  change,  we  assess  the  related  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is 
necessary  to  perform  the  two-step  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  The  tests  to  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  are 
performed at the operating division level. In the first step of the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of the 
operating division to its carrying value. If the fair value of the operating division is less than its carrying value, we perform a 
second  step  to  determine  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  associated  with  the  division.  If  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill 
exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment for which an impairment 
loss  would  be  recorded.   Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  involves  the  use  of  significant  estimates  and 
assumptions. The estimated fair value of each operating division is based on the discounted cash flow method, which is based 
on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers sales, gross profit, operating profit and cash 
flows and general economic and  market conditions, as  well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies and 
other  estimates  and  assumptions  for  future  growth  rates,  working  capital  and  capital  expenditures.  We  base  our  fair  value 
estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. 

In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing performed during 2013, the first step of the test indicated that 
the  fair  values  of  the  applicable  reporting  units  exceeded  their  carrying  value  within  a  range  of  between  7%  and  10%,  and 
accordingly,  no  further  testing  of  goodwill  was  required.  However,  changes  in  the  judgments  and  estimates  underlying  our 
analysis  of  goodwill  for  possible  impairment,  including  expected  future  cash  flows  and  discount  rate,  could  result  in  a 
significantly different estimate of the fair value of the reporting units in the future and could result in impairment of goodwill. 

We have historically performed our annual impairment testing of goodwill on November 30 of each year.  In 2013, we 
changed  the  annual  impairment  testing  date  from  November  30 to  October  1.   We  believe  this  change,  which  represents  a 
change in the method of applying an accounting principle, is preferable in the circumstances as it provides additional time for 
us  to  quantify  the  fair  value  of  our  operating  divisions  and  meet  reporting  requirements. The  change  in  the  annual  goodwill 
impairment testing date is not intended to nor does it delay, accelerate, or avoid an impairment charge. We determined that it 
was impracticable to objectively determine projected cash flows and related valuation estimates that would have been used as 
of each October 1 for periods prior to October 1, 2013 without the use of hindsight. As such, we have prospectively applied the 

40 

change  in  the  annual  impairment  testing  date  from  October  1,  2013.  We  did  not  record  any  impairment  charges  related  to 
goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

On July 18, 2013,  the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized 
Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which requires 
an  entity  to  present  an  unrecognized  tax  benefit  as  a  reduction  of  a  deferred  tax  asset  for  a  net  operating  loss  (NOL) 
carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would 
reduce  the  NOL  or  other  carryforward  under  the  tax  law  of  the  applicable  jurisdiction  and  (2)  the  entity  intends  to  use  the 
deferred tax asset for that purpose. This accounting standard update will be effective for our beginning in the first quarter of 
2014 and applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. We do not believe that the adoption of this accounting standard 
will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

Forward-Looking Trends and Other Information 

Cigarette Industry Trends

Cigarette Consumption 

Cigarette carton sales for the industry have been in decline in the U.S. and Canada for more than a decade and in recent 
years  we  have  seen  a  shift  to  other  tobacco  products  including  smokeless  products  and  e-Cigarettes.   We  believe  overall 
cigarette  consumption  will  continue  to  decline  in  the  foreseeable  future  due  to  factors  such  as  increases  in  the  prices  of 
cigarettes, increases in cigarette regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups and 
other factors, all of which may lead to reduced consumption or consumers purchasing cigarettes from illicit markets. 

Consistent with the industry, our cigarette carton sales have declined on average over the last five years on a comparable 
basis.   However,  these  declines  in  cigarette  carton  sales  have  been  mitigated  by  increases  in  cigarette  prices  by  the 
manufacturers.  In  addition,  our  same  store  carton  decline  is  often  masked  by  market  share  gains  or  channel  shifting  where 
cartons traditionally sold in one retail segment shifts to the convenience retail segment (e.g. drug or grocery channels shifting to 
convenience channels). These market share gains, and equally important, price increases have driven our ability to make more 
profit dollars from cigarette sales during this long secular decline in demand.  Despite our belief that this secular decline will 
continue  at  about  the  same  pace,  we  also  believe  that  we  will  continue  to  grow  our  gross  profit  dollars  from  cigarette  sales 
based  on  our  expectation  that  cigarette  manufacturers  will  continue  to  raise  prices  as  carton  sales  decline  and  that  we  will 
continue to take market share. 

Cigarette and Excise Tax Inventory Holding Gains 

Distributors such as Core-Mark  may, from time to time, earn higher gross profits on cigarette inventory and excise tax 
stamp quantities on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices or when states, localities or provinces increase 
their excise taxes and allow us to recognize inventory holding gains. These gains are recorded as an offset to cost of goods sold 
as the inventory is sold. Our cigarette inventory holding gains  were $9.0 million, or 1.7%, of our gross profit for 2013, $7.8 
million,  or  1.6%,  of  our  gross  profit  for  2012  and  $8.2  million,  or  1.9%  of  our  gross  profit  for  2011.  We  expect  cigarette 
manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability and 
the various taxing jurisdictions will raise excise taxes to make up for lost tax dollars related to consumption declines. 

Food/Non-food Product Trends 

We  focus  virtually  all  our  marketing  efforts  on  growing  our  food/non-food  product  sales.  These  products  have 
significantly  higher  margins  than  cigarette  products.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  to  increase  food/non-food  product  sales  in  the 
future to potentially offset the decline in cigarette cartons as well as enhance our profits and those of our customers. 

 We have specifically focused more heavily on fresh and healthy offerings because we believe that over the long-term the 
convenience shopper is trending toward these type items. These products tend to earn somewhat higher margins than most other 
food/non-food products we distribute.  Industry experts have indicated that fresh food is driving more and more shopping trips 
among consumers, and we are positioning ourselves and our customers to benefit from that trend. Ultimately, the consumer will 
determine what products are sold in the convenience store, but trends indicate that perishable foods will serve a more important 
role in the convenience retail channel in the future. 

41 

Generally we benefit from price inflation in products.  Price is controlled by the manufacturer and thus future levels of 
price inflation cannot be estimated by us.  Historically we have seen inflation in non-cigarette categories during times of steep 
commodity price increases and steep fuel price inflation. 

General Economic Trends 

Economic Conditions 

Protracted  challenging  economic  conditions,  including  high  unemployment  and  underemployment  rates,  depressed  real 
estate  values,  losses  to  consumer  retirement  and  investment  accounts,  increases  in  food  and  other  commodity  prices  and  the 
general  geopolitical  environment  at  any  given  time  may  result in  weakened  consumer  confidence  and  curtailed  consumer 
spending in certain sectors. If these economic conditions are severe and/or persist for a prolonged period, we expect that our 
customers would experience reduced sales, which, in turn, would adversely affect demand for our products and could lead to 
reduced sales and increased pressures on our margins. In addition, severe adverse economic conditions may place a number of 
our convenience retail customers under financial stress, which could increase our credit risk and potential bad debt exposure. 
These economic and market conditions may have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. 

Inflation/Deflation 

Historically, we have benefited from manufacturer price increases, both as a result of inventory holding gains and our cost 
plus pricing structure. However, significant increases in cigarette product costs and cigarette excise taxes adversely impact our 
gross profit as a percentage of sales, because we are paid on a cents per carton basis for cigarette sales. As a result, cigarette 
gross  profit  percentages  typically  decline  from  marked  increases  in  the  underlying  product  costs  or  excise  tax  increases, 
regardless  of  the  fact  that  absolute  gross  profit  dollars  on  a  cents  per  carton  basis  may  have  increased.   This  is  due  to  the 
disparity in the absolute dollars of the underlying product costs and excise taxes compared to the cents per carton that we make 
in gross profit. 

Our food/non-food sales are generally priced based on the manufacturer's cost of the product plus a percentage markup. 
As a result, we generally benefit from food/non-food price increases. However, during periods of cost deflation or stagnation 
for these products our profit levels  may be negatively  impacted, even though our gross profit as a percentage of the price of 
goods sold may remain relatively constant. To the extent that we are unable to pass on product cost increases and underlying 
carrying costs to our customers, our profit margins and earnings could be negatively impacted. 

Inflation  can  also  result  in  increases  in  LIFO  expense,  adversely  impacting  our  gross  profit  percentage  (see Note  2  - 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements).

ITEM 7. A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Our  most  significant exposure to market risk comes from  changes in short-term interest rates on our variable rate debt. 
Depending upon the borrowing option chosen, the interest charged is generally based upon the prime rate or LIBOR plus an 
applicable margin. If interest rates increased 18 basis points (which approximates 10% of the weighted-average interest rate on 
our  average  borrowings  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2013),  our  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  would  not  be 
materially affected. 

We are exposed to foreign currency risk, primarily through our operations in Canada which conduct business in Canadian 
dollars. We record gains and  losses  within our stockholders' equity due to the translation of the Canadian branches'  financial 
statements into U.S. dollars. A 10% unfavorable change in the weighted average Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate for 2013 
would have negatively impacted our net sales for 2013 by 1.1% and would not have materially impacted our operating income. 
Additionally,  we  incur  foreign  currency  transaction  gains  and  losses  related  to  the  level  of  activity  between  the  U.S.  and 
Canada.  In  2013,  we  realized  foreign  currency  transaction  losses  of  $0.8  million.  A  10%  unfavorable  change  in  the 
Canadian/U.S.  dollar  noon  exchange  rate  on  December 31,  2013  would  have  had  an  immaterial  impact  on  foreign  currency 
transaction losses for 2013.We did not engage in hedging transactions during 2013, 2012, or 2011. 

42 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

(a) Financial Statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

1. Financial Statements 

A. Audited Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets -- at December 31, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Operations -- for the Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income -- for the Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 
and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity -- for the Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 
and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -- for the Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Page 

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

84

43 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, 
stockholders'  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2013.  Our  audits  also 
included  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item 8(a)(2).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2013,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated 
Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  The  Company's 
management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in  the  accompanying  Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule and an opinion on the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial 
statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all  material  respects.  Our  audits  of  the  financial  statements  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the 
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits 
also included performing such other procedures as  we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of,  the  company's 
principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  and  effected  by  the  company's 
board  of  directors,  management,  and  other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of  financial statements  for external purposes in accordance  with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:20)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:26)(cid:11)(cid:6) &’((cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:7)(cid:22)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:9)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6) (cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:26)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:13)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:15)  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
(cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6)(cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:16)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:3))(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6)(cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:7)(cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:20)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:26)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:6)&*((cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:13)vide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper 
management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely 
basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods 
are  subject  to  the  risk  that  the  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation 
to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth 
therein.  Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 

San Francisco, California 

March 3, 2014 

44 

CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except share data) 

Current assets: 

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9.4 and $10.9

at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (Note 4)

Other receivables, net (Note 4)
Inventories, net (Note 5)
Deposits and prepayments (Note 4)
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)
Total current assets 
Property and equipment, net (Note 6)
Goodwill (Note 7)
Other intangible assets, net (Note 7)
Other non-current assets, net (Note 4)

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable
Book overdrafts (Note 2)
Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable
Accrued liabilities (Note 4)
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)
Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt (Note 8)
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)
Other long-term liabilities
Claims liabilities, net (Note 2)
Pension liabilities (Note 11)

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

Stockholders’ equity: 
     Common stock, $0.01 par value (50,000,000 shares authorized, 12,807,015 and

+’(cid:14),-’(cid:14).-,(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:12)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:16)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:11)(cid:6)++(cid:14)/+.(cid:14)*++(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:6)++(cid:14)00,(cid:14)’’1(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:12)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:16)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:15)
December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

Additional paid-in capital

     Treasury stock at cost (1,288,704 and 1,156,577 shares of common stock at

December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

______________________________________________ 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$

$

$

$

11.0   $
12.1  

235.4  
59.0  
389.2  
53.0  
5.4  
765.1  
114.9
22.9  
20.8  
33.1  
956.8   $

109.3   $
22.9  
182.5  
88.1  
3.1  
405.9  
57.6
13.4  
12.5  
28.2  
5.2  
522.8  

0.1  
254.7  

(44.6) 
229.5  
(5.7) 
434.0  
956.8   $

19.1
10.9

228.1
53.8
366.4
40.3
8.2
726.8
114.7
22.8
21.4
33.5
919.2

94.4
24.7
165.6
79.5
3.4
367.6
84.7
11.7
12.1
28.1
14.8
519.0

0.1
249.2

(37.4)
194.9
(6.6)
400.2
919.2

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45 

  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share data) 

Net sales 

Cost of goods sold 

Gross profit 

Warehousing and distribution expenses 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Interest expense 

Interest income 

Foreign currency transaction losses, net 

Income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes (Note 10) 

Net income 

Basic net income per common share (Note 12) 

Diluted net income per common share (Note 12) 

Basic weighted-average shares (Note 12) 

Diluted weighted-average shares (Note 12) 

Dividends declared and paid per common share 
______________________________________________ 

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

$

9,767.6 $
9,230.5

8,892.4 $
8,415.6

8,114.9

7,680.8

537.1

297.1

168.3

2.7

468.1

69.0
(2.7)
0.5
(0.8)
66.0
(24.4)
41.6 $

3.62 $
3.58 $

11.5

11.6

476.8

262.7

153.7

3.0

419.4

57.4
(2.2)
0.4
(0.2)
55.4
(21.5)
33.9 $

2.96 $
2.91 $

11.5

11.6

0.61 $

0.89 $

434.1

234.6

150.8

3.0

388.4

45.7
(2.4)
0.4
(0.5)
43.2
(17.0)
26.2

2.30

2.23

11.4

11.7

0.17

$

$

$

$

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46 

CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In millions) 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: 

Defined benefit plans adjustments (Note 15) 

Foreign currency translation adjustment (loss) gain

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax 

Comprehensive income 
______________________________________________ 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

41.6   $

33.9   $

26.2

2.4  
(1.5) 
0.9  
42.5   $

(2.9) 
0.4  
(2.5) 
31.4   $

(2.7)
(0.3)
(3.0)
23.2

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

47 

 
   
   
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
(In millions (1))  

Treasury Stock 

Retained 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive

Total 
Stockholders'

Common Stock 

Issued 

Additional
Paid-In

Shares 
11.6 $
—

Amount 

Capital 
0.1 $ 229.6
—
—

Amount 

Earnings 

Shares
(0.5)  $ (13.2) $ 147.3 $
—

26.2

—

—

—

5.1

5.4

1.7

—

—

—

—

—

(1.7) —
— (0.5)
(1.0)

240.1

—

—
—

6.2

3.8

1.1

—

—
—

—

—

—

(2.0) —
— (0.1)
(1.1)

249.2

—

—
—

4.6

2.4

2.1

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
(19.0)
(32.2)
—

—
—

—

—

—

—
(5.2)
(37.4)
—

—
—

—

—

—

—
(1.9)
—

—

—

—

—

171.6

33.9

—
(10.6)
—

—

—

—

—

194.9

41.6

—
(7.0)
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.7

—

0.1

—

12.4

—

—
—

—

0.1

—

0.1

12.6

—

—
—

—

0.1

—

0.1

12.8 $

Income (Loss) 

Equity 

(1.1) $
—
(3.0)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(4.1)
—
(2.5)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(6.6)
—

0.9

—

—

—

—

—

—
(5.7) $

362.7

26.2
(3.0)
(1.9)
5.1

5.4

1.7

(1.7)
(19.0)
375.5

33.9
(2.5)
(10.6)
6.2

3.8

1.1

(2.0)
(5.2)
400.2

41.6

0.9
(7.0)
4.6

2.4

2.1

(3.6)
(7.2)
434.0

Balance, December 31, 2010 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Dividends declared 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Cash proceeds from exercise of 

 common stock options and warrants 
Excess tax deductions associated with 

 stock-based compensation 

Issuance of stock based instruments, net 

 of shares withheld for employee taxes 

Repurchase of common stock 

Balance, December 31, 2011 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Dividends declared 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated with 

 stock-based compensation 

Issuance of stock based instruments, net 

 of shares withheld for employee taxes 

Repurchase of common stock 

Balance, December 31, 2012 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Dividends declared 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated with 

 stock-based compensation 

Issuance of stock based instruments, net 

 of shares withheld for employee taxes 

Repurchase of common stock 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

(3.6) —
— (0.2)

—
(7.2)
(1.3)  $ (44.6) $ 229.5 $

—

—

—
0.1 $ 254.7

______________________________________________ 
(1)  Amounts have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

48 

 
   
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income 
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
        LIFO and inventory provisions 
        Amortization of debt issuance costs 
        Stock-based compensation expense 
        Bad debt expense, net 
        Depreciation and amortization 
        Foreign currency transaction losses, net 
        Deferred income taxes 
        Curtailment gain 
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
        Accounts receivable, net 
        Other receivables, net 
        Inventories, net 
        Deposits, prepayments and other non-current assets 
        Accounts payable 
        Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable 
        Pension, claims, accrued and other long-term liabilities 
            Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired 
    Change in restricted cash 
    Additions to property and equipment, net 
    Capitalization of software 
            Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility, net 
    Dividends paid 
    Payments of capital leases 
    Payments of financing costs 
    Repurchases of common stock 
    Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants 
    Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units 
    Excess tax deductions associated with stock-based compensation 
    (Decrease) increase in book overdrafts 
            Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
Supplemental disclosures:
    Cash paid during the period for: 
        Income taxes paid, net of refunds 
        Interest paid 
    Unpaid property and equipment purchases included in accrued liabilities 
    Non-cash capital lease obligations incurred 
    Non-cash indemnification holdback 

 Contingent consideration related to acquisition of business 

______________________________________________ 

$

41.6   $

33.9   $

8.7  
0.4  
4.6  
1.1  
27.2  
0.8  
5.0  
(0.9)

(9.6) 
(5.6) 
(35.4) 
(18.6) 
16.0  
19.9  
3.9  

59.1

(3.6) 
(2.0) 
(18.0) 
(0.4) 
(24.0)

(27.0) 
(7.1) 
(1.0)
(0.3)
(7.2) 
2.4  
(3.6) 
2.1  
(1.8) 
(43.5)
0.3
(8.1)
19.1  
11.0 $

19.5   $
1.5  
1.9   $
1.2   $
—   $
—   $

12.1  
0.4  
5.8  
2.0  
25.3  
0.2  
0.9  
—

7.1  
(10.6) 
5.3  
3.9  
0.6  
(10.3) 
(5.4) 
71.2

(34.0) 
2.0  
(28.4) 
(0.2) 
(60.6)

11.3  
(10.3) 
—
—  
(5.2) 
3.8  
(2.0) 
1.1  
(4.8) 
(6.1)
(0.6)
3.9
15.2  
19.1 $

11.7   $
1.6  
—   $
11.4   $
4.0   $
0.6   $

$

$

$
$
$
$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

49 

26.2

18.2
0.5
5.5
2.0
22.4
0.5
(2.0)
—

(20.0)
1.9
(78.0)
(12.4)
30.0
7.5
9.0
11.3

(50.8)
(0.1)
(24.0)
(0.2)
(75.1)

62.0
(1.9)
—
(0.7)
(19.0)
5.4
(1.7)
1.7
17.1
62.9
—
(0.9)
16.1
15.2

11.8
2.0
—
0.4
—
—

 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.

Summary of Company Information 

Business

Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (referred  to  herein  as  “we,”  “us,”  “our,”  “the  Company”  or  “Core-
Mark”)  is  one  of  the  largest  marketers  of  fresh  and  broad-line  supply  solutions  to  the  convenience  retail  industry  in  North 
America. We offer a full range of products, marketing programs and technology solutions to over 30,000 customer locations in 
the United States (“U.S.”) and Canada. Our customers include traditional convenience stores, grocery stores, drug stores, liquor 
stores  and  other  specialty  and  small  format  stores  that  carry  convenience  products.  Our  product  offering  includes  cigarettes, 
other  tobacco  products,  candy,  snacks,  fast  food,  groceries,  fresh  products,  dairy,  bread,  beverages,  general  merchandise  and 
health  and  beauty  care  products.  We  operate  a  network  of  28  distribution  centers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  (excluding  two 
distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include Core-Mark and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances 
and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated 
financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

Use of Estimates 

These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  the  accrual  basis  of  accounting  in  accordance  with  accounting 
principles generally accepted in the U.S. This requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial 
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  The  Company  considers  the 
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  LIFO  valuation,  valuation  of  goodwill  and  other  long-lived  assets,  realizability  of  deferred 
income taxes,  uncertain tax positions, pension assets and obligations and self-insurance  reserves to be those estimates  which 
involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue at the point at which the product is delivered and title passes to the customer. Revenues 
are reported net of customer incentives, discounts and returns, including an allowance for estimated returns. The allowance for 
sales  returns  is  calculated  based  on  the  Company's  returns  experience,  which  has  historically  not  been  significant.  The 
Company  also  earns  management  service  fee  revenue  from  operating  third  party  distribution  centers  belonging  to  certain 
customers. These revenues represented less than 1% of  the Company’s total  net sales for  2013, 2012 and 2011. Service fee 
revenue is recognized as earned on a monthly basis in accordance with the terms of the management service fee contracts and is 
included in net sales on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  

Business Combinations 

The Company accounts for all business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method of 
accounting,  the  Company  allocates  the  fair  value  of  the  purchase  consideration  to  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired 
and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair  values of 
these  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  When  determining  the  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions. Management may further adjust the acquisition 
date fair values for a period of up to one year from the date of acquisition. Acquisition related expenses and transaction costs 
associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred. 

Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances 

Periodic payments  from  vendors  in  various  forms  including  rebates,  promotional  allowances  and  volume  discounts  are 
reflected in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and as cost of goods sold as the related merchandise is sold. 
Up-front  consideration  received  from  vendors  linked  to  purchase  or  other  commitments  is  initially  deferred  and  amortized 
ratably  to  cost  of  goods  sold  or  as  the  performance  of  the  activities  specified  by  the  vendor  to  earn  the  fee  is  completed. 
Cooperative  marketing  incentives  from  suppliers  are  recorded  as  reductions  to  cost  of  goods  sold  to  the  extent  the  vendor 
considerations exceed the costs relating to the programs. These amounts are recorded in the period the related promotional or 

50 

merchandising  programs  are  provided.  Certain  vendor  incentive  promotions  require  the  Company  to  make  assumptions  and 
judgments  regarding,  for  example,  the  likelihood  of  achieving  market  share  levels  or  attaining  specified  levels  of  purchases. 
Vendor  incentives  are  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company’s  vendors  and  can  fluctuate  due  to  changes  in  vendor  strategies  and 
market  requirements.  Vendor  rebates  and  promotional  allowances  earned  totaled  $149.8  million,  $128.0  million  and  $108.3 
million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

Customers' Sales Incentives 

The  Company  also  provides  sales  allowances  or  discounts  to  its  customers  on  a  regular  basis.  These  customers'  sales 
incentives are recorded as a reduction to net sales as the sales incentive is earned by the customer. Additionally, the Company 
may provide racking allowances for the customer's commitment to continue using Core-Mark as the supplier of their products. 
These allowances may be paid at the inception of the contract or on a periodic basis. Allowances paid at the inception of the 
contract are capitalized and amortized over the period of the distribution agreement as a reduction to sales. 

Excise Taxes 

The Company is responsible  for collecting and remitting  state, local and provincial excise taxes on cigarette and other 
tobacco products. As such, these excise taxes are a significant component of the Company's net sales and cost of sales. In 2013, 
2012 and 2011, approximately 21%, 22% and 24% of the Company's net sales, and approximately 22%, 24% and 25% of its 
cost  of  goods  sold,  respectively,  represented  excise  taxes.  Federal  excise  taxes  are  levied  on  product  manufacturers  who,  in 
turn, pass the tax on to the Company as part of the product cost. As a result, federal excise taxes are not a component of the 
Company’s excise taxes. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The  operating  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Company’s  Canadian  operations,  whose  functional  currency  is  the  Canadian 
dollar, are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Adjustments resulting from such translation are 
presented as foreign currency translation adjustments, net of applicable income taxes, and are included in other comprehensive 
income. The statements of operations, including income and expenses, of the Company’s Canadian operations are translated to 
U.S. dollars at average exchange rates for the period for financial reporting purposes. The Company also recognizes gains or 
losses on foreign currency exchange transactions between its Canadian and U.S. operations, net of applicable income taxes, in 
the consolidated statements of operations. 

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Book Overdrafts 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash,  money  market  funds  and  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of 
three  months  or  less.  Restricted  cash  represents  funds  collected  and  set  aside  in  trust  as  required  by  one  of  the  Canadian 
provincial taxing authorities. .The Company had cash book overdrafts of $22.9 million and $24.7 million at December 31, 2013 
and 2012, respectively. Book overdrafts consist primarily of outstanding checks in excess of cash on hand in the corresponding 
bank accounts at the end of the period. The Company’s policy has been to fund these outstanding checks as they clear with cash 
held on deposit with other financial institutions or with borrowings under the Company's line of credit. 

Fair Value Measurements

The  carrying  amount  of  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  trade  accounts  receivable,  other  receivables,  trade  accounts 
payable, cigarette and tobacco taxes payable and other accrued liabilities approximates fair value because of the short maturity 
of these financial instruments. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate debt approximates fair value. 

The Company calculates the fair value of its pension plan assets based on assumptions that market participants would use 
in  pricing  the  assets.  The  Company  uses  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  techniques  used  to 
measure  fair  value  and  give  precedence  to  observable  inputs  in  determining  fair  value.  An  instrument's  level  within  the 
hierarchy  is  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  any  significant  input  to  the  fair  value  measurement.  The  following  levels  were 
established for each input: 

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level  2  -  Inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  Level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either 
(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:16)(cid:24)(cid:12)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:6)2(cid:16)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:25)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:3)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:7)(cid:22)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:11)(cid:6)2(cid:16)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:9)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:17)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:18)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:19)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6)
inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. 

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which reflect the Company's own assumptions about what market 

participants would assume when pricing the asset or liability. (See Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans.) 

51 

Risks and Concentrations

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash 
investments,  accounts  receivable  and  other  receivables.  The  Company  places  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  in  short-term 
instruments  with  high quality financial institutions and limits  the amount of credit exposure in any one  financial instrument. 
The  Company  pursues  amounts  and  incentives  due  from  vendors  in  the  normal  course  of  business  and  are  often  allowed  to 
deduct these amounts and incentives from payments made to vendors. 

A credit review is completed for new customers and ongoing credit evaluations of each customer's financial condition are 
performed periodically, with reserves maintained for potential credit losses. Credit limits given to customers are based on a risk 
assessment of their ability to pay and other factors. Accounts receivable are typically not collateralized, but the Company may 
require prepayments or other guarantees whenever deemed necessary. 

 Alimentation Couche-Tard, Inc. (“Couche-Tard”), the Company’s largest customer, accounted for 14.7% and 13.7% of 
total  net  sales  in  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  No  single  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  total  net  sales  in  2011.  In 
addition, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivables at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  

The  Company  has  two  significant  suppliers:  Philip  Morris  USA,  Inc.  and  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Company.  Product 
purchases from Philip Morris USA, Inc. accounted for approximately 28% , 27% and 27% and of total product purchases in 
2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively. Product purchases from R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company were approximately 14% of total 
product purchases in each  of 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Cigarette sales represented approximately 68.0%, 69.0% and 70.4% of net sales in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and 
contributed approximately 30.0%, 31.7% and 31.7% of gross profit in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Although cigarettes 
represent a significant portion of the Company’s total net sales, the majority of its gross profit is generated from food/non-food 
products.  

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables from customers. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts 
receivable  and  determines  the  appropriate  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  historical  experience  and  a  review  of 
specific  customer  accounts.  Account  balances  are  charged  off  against  the  allowance  when  collection  efforts  have  been 
exhausted and the receivable is deemed worthless (see Note 4 - Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail).

Other Receivables 

Other receivables consist primarily of amounts due from vendors for promotional and other incentives, which are accrued 
as earned. The Company evaluates the collectability of amounts due from vendors and determines the appropriate allowance for 
doubtful accounts based on historical experience and on a review of specific amounts outstanding. 

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods, including cigarettes and other tobacco products, food and other products and related 
consumable products held for re-sale, and are valued at the lower of cost or market. In the U.S., cost is determined primarily on 
a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis using producer price indices as determined by the Department of Labor, adjusted based on 
more  current  information,  if  necessary.  When  the  Company  is  aware  of  material  price  increases  or  decreases  from 
manufacturers,  the  Company  estimates  the  producer  price  index  for  the  respective  period  in  order  to  more  accurately  reflect 
inflation rates. Under the LIFO method, current costs of goods sold are matched against current sales. Inventories in Canada are 
valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis, as LIFO is not a permitted inventory valuation method in Canada. Approximately 
86% and 87% of the Company's inventory was valued on a LIFO basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

During periods of rising prices, the LIFO method of costing inventories generally results in higher current cost of sales 
being charged against income while lower costs are retained in inventories. Conversely, during periods of decreasing prices, the 
LIFO  method  of  costing  inventories  generally  results  in  lower  current  costs  being  charged  against  income  and  higher  stated 
inventories. Liquidations of inventory may also result in the sale of low-cost inventory and a decrease of cost of goods sold. 
The Company reduces inventory value for spoiled, aged and unrecoverable inventory based on amounts on-hand and historical 
experience. 

Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and 
amortization on new purchases are computed using the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives. Leasehold 
improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the property or the 

52 

term of the lease including available renewal option terms if it is reasonably assured that those options will be exercised. Upon 
retirement  or  sale,  the  cost  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  of  the  assets  are  removed  and  any  related  gain  or  loss  is 
reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. 

The Company uses the following depreciable lives for its property and equipment: 

Office furniture and equipment

Delivery equipment 

Warehouse equipment 

Leasehold improvements 

Buildings 

Useful Life 
in Years 
3 to 10

4 to 10 

5 to 15 

3 to 25 

15 to 25 

Impairment of Long-lived and Other Intangible Assets 

The Company reviews its intangible and other long-lived assets for potential impairment at least quarterly. Long-lived and 
other  intangible  assets  may  also  be  tested  for  impairment  when  events  and  circumstances  exist  that  indicate  the  carrying 
amounts of those assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets consist primarily of land, buildings, furniture, fixtures and 
equipment, leasehold improvements and other intangible assets. An impairment of  long-lived assets exists  when the carrying 
amount  of  a  long-lived  asset,  or  asset  group,  exceeds  its  fair  value,  and  impairment  losses  are  recorded  when  the  carrying 
amount of the impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (or 
asset  group)  to  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  which  are  expected  to  be  generated  from  its  use. Assets  to  be  disposed  of  are 
reported  at  the  lower  of  carrying  amount  or  fair  value  less  the  cost  to  sell  such  assets.  During  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the 
Company  did  not  record  impairment  charges  related  to  long-lived  and  other  intangible  assets  or  assets  identified  for 
abandonment as a result of facility closures or facility relocation. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  of  an  acquired  business  over  the  fair  value  of  the 
identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to 
amortization but must be evaluated for impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events 
or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. Each 
quarter, or whenever events or circumstances change, the Company assesses the related qualitative factors to determine whether 
it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test.  The tests to evaluate goodwill for impairment are 
performed at the operating division level. In the first step of the quantitative impairment test, the Company compares the fair 
value of the operating division to its carrying value. If the fair value of the operating division is less than its carrying value, the 
Company performs a second step to determine the implied fair value of goodwill associated with the division. If the carrying 
value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of  goodwill impairment  for 
which  an  impairment  loss  would  be  recorded.    Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  involves  the  use  of  significant 
estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each operating division is based on the discounted cash flow method, 
which is based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers sales, gross profit, operating 
profit and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational 
strategies and other estimates and assumptions for future growth rates, working capital and capital expenditures. The Company 
bases  its  fair  value  estimates  on  assumptions  it  believes  to  be  reasonable  at  the  time,  but  such  assumptions  are  subject  to 
inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value of reporting units would constitute a Level 3 measurement under the fair value 
hierarchy (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets).

The  Company  has  historically  performed  its  annual  impairment  testing  of  goodwill  on  November  30  of  each  year.   In 
2013, the Company changed the annual impairment testing date from November 30 to October 1.  The Company believes this 
change, which represents a change in the method of applying an accounting principle, is preferable in the circumstances as it 
provides additional time for the Company to quantify the fair value of its operating divisions and meet reporting requirements. 
The  change  in  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  testing  date  is  not  intended  to  nor  does  it  delay,  accelerate,  or  avoid  an 
impairment  charge.  The  Company  determined  that  it  was  impracticable  to  objectively  determine  projected  cash  flows  and 
related valuation estimates that would have been used as of each October 1 for periods prior to October 1, 2013 without the use 
of hindsight. As such, the Company has prospectively applied the change in the annual impairment testing date from October 1, 
2013. The  Company  did  not  record  any  impairment  charges  related  to  goodwill  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013, 
2012 and 2011. 

53 

Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use 

The Company accounts for proprietary computer software systems, namely its Distribution Center Management System 
(“DCMS”),  and  software  purchased  from  third-party  vendors,  using  certain  criteria  under  which  costs  associated  with  this 
software are either expensed  or capitalized and amortized  over periods from  three to eight  years. During 2013 and 2012 the 
Company  capitalized  approximately  $2.0  million  and  $0.2  million  of  costs  related  to  software  developed  or  obtained  for 
internal use.

Debt Issuance Costs 

Debt issuance costs are deferred and are amortized as interest expense over the term of the related debt agreement on a 
straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs, net of current portion, are included in 
other  non-current  assets  on  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Total  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  were  $1.4 
million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables 

The  Company  maintains  reserves  related  to  health  and  welfare,  workers'  compensation,  auto  and  general  liability 
programs  that  are  principally  self-insured.  The  Company  currently  has  a  per-claim  deductible  of  $500,000  for  its  workers' 
compensation, general and auto liability self-insurance programs and a per person annual claim deductible of $200,000 for its 
health  and  welfare  program.  The  Company  purchases  insurance  to  cover  the  claims  that  exceed  the  deductible  up  to  policy 
limits.  Self-insured  reserves  are  for  pending  or  future  claims  that  fall  outside  the  policy  and  reserves  include  an  estimate  of 
expected  settlements  on  pending  claims  and  a  provision  for  claims  incurred  but  not  reported.  Estimates  for  workers' 
compensation, auto and general liability insurance are based on the Company’s assessment of potential liability using an annual 
actuarial  analysis  of  available  information  with  respect  to  pending  claims,  historical  experience  and  current  cost  trends. 
Reserves  for  claims  under  these  programs  are  included  in  accrued  liabilities  (current  portion)  and  claims  liabilities,  net  of 
current portion.  

Claims liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible and 
other insured events are presented in their gross amounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because there is no 
right of offset. The carrying values of claims liabilities and insurance recoverables are not discounted. Insurance recoverables 
are  included  in  other  receivables,  net  and  other  non-current  assets,  net.  The  Company  had  gross  liabilities  for  health  and 
welfare, workers' compensation, auto and general liability self-insurance obligations in the amounts of  $28.2 million long-term 
and $12.9 million short-term at December 31, 2013, and $28.1 million long-term and $8.5 million short-term at December 31, 
2012.  The  Company’s  liabilities  net  of  insurance  recoverables  were  $11.0  million  long-term  and  $7.6  million  short-term  at 
December 31, 2013, and $10.5 million long-term and $6.4 million short-term at December 31, 2012.  

Pension Costs and Other Post-retirement Benefit Costs 

Pension costs and other post-retirement benefit costs charged to operations are estimated on the basis of annual valuations 
by  an  independent  actuary.  Adjustments  arising  from  plan  amendments,  changes  in  assumptions  and  experience  gains  and 
losses  are  amortized  over  the  expected  average  remaining  service  life  of  the  employee  group.  Plan  changes  that  materially 
reduce the  expected  years  of  future  services  of  current  employees  or  eliminates  for  a  significant  number  of  employees  the 
accrual of defined benefits for some or all of their future services, result in curtailment gains. A curtailment gain first reduces 
any  net  loss  previously  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (AOCI),  and  to  the  extent  that  such  a  gain 
exceeds any net loss included in AOCI, it is recorded as a curtailment gain in our consolidated statement of operations. 

 The  Company  recognizes  an  asset  for  a  plan's  overfunded  status  or  a  liability  for  a  plan's  underfunded  status  on  its 
consolidated balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal year. The Company determines the plan's funded status by measuring its 
assets and its obligations and recognizes changes in the funded status of its defined benefit post-retirement plan in the year in 
which the change occurred (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans).

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for 
the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. The effect on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax 
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when the Company does not consider it more likely than not that some portion or 
all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. 

A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. 

54 

The Company has established an estimated liability for income tax exposures that arise and meet the criteria for accrual. The 
Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations and records estimates based on 
these judgments and interpretations. In the normal course of business, the Company's tax returns are subject to examination by 
various  taxing  authorities.  Such  examinations  may  result  in  future  tax  and  interest  assessments  by  these  taxing  authorities. 
Inherent  uncertainties  exist  in  estimates  of  tax  contingencies  due  to  changes  in  tax  law  resulting  from  legislation,  regulation 
and/or as concluded through the various jurisdictions' tax court systems. The Company classifies interest and penalties related 
to income taxes as income tax expense (see Note 10 - Income Taxes). 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards, performance shares and 
stock  options  by  estimating  the  fair  values  of  awards  at  their  grant  dates  and  recognizes  these  amounts  as  expense  using  a 
straight-line method for awards with vesting based on service and ratably for awards based on performance conditions. The fair 
value of restricted stock unit awards and performance shares earned is based upon the Company’s stock price on the grant date. 

For stock option awards, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the fair value (see 
Note 13 - Stock-Based Compensation Plans). Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of 
stock option awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected life 
of  share  awards  and  forfeiture  rates.  The  Company  develops  its  estimates  based  on  historical  data  and  market  information, 
which can change significantly over time. 

Total Comprehensive Income

Total  comprehensive  income  consists  of  two  components:  net  income  and  other  comprehensive  income.  Other 
comprehensive income refers to transactions and adjustments that under generally accepted accounting principles are recorded 
directly as an element of stockholders' equity, but are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income is comprised of 
defined benefit plan adjustments and foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign operations in 
Canada, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar (see Note 15 - Other Comprehensive Income/Loss).

Segment Information

The  Company  reports  its  segment  information  using  established  standards  for  reporting  by  public  enterprises  on 
information  about  product  lines,  geographical  areas  and  major  customers.  The  method  of  determining  what  information  to 
report  is  based  on  the  way  the  Company  is  organized  for  operational  decisions  and  assessment  of  the  aggregate  financial 
performance. From the perspective of the Company’s chief operating decision maker, the Company is engaged primarily in the 
business of distributing packaged consumer products to convenience retail stores in the U.S. and Canada (collectively "North 
America").  Therefore,  the  Company  has  determined  that  it  has  one  reportable  segment  and  operates  its  business  in  two 
geographical areas -- U.S. and Canada. The Company presents its segment reporting information based on business operations 
for  each  of  the  two  geographic  areas  in  which  it  operates  and  also  by  major  product  category  (see  Note  16  -  Segment  and 
Geographic Information).

Earnings Per Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding during each period, excluding unvested restricted stock units and performance shares. Diluted earnings per share 
assumes the exercise of stock options and common stock warrants, the impact of restricted stock units and performance shares, 
when dilutive, using the treasury stock method (see Note 12 - Earnings Per Share).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

On July 18, 2013,  the Financial Accounting Standards Board  issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, 
Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit 
Carryforward Exists, which requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a 
net  operating  loss  (NOL)  carryforward,  or  similar  tax  loss  or  tax  credit  carryforward,  rather  than  as  a  liability  when  (1)  the 
uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the 
entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. This accounting standard update will be effective for the Company 
beginning in the first quarter of 2014 and applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe 
that its adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

55 

3. 

Acquisitions 

Acquisition of J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. 

On  December 17,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  J.T.  Davenport  &  Sons,  Inc.  (“Davenport”),  a  convenience  wholesaler 
based in North Carolina, which is now a subsidiary of Core-Mark. Davenport services customers in the eight states of North 
Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Maryland,  Ohio,  Kentucky,  West  Virginia  and  Virginia.  This  acquisition  increased  the 
Company’s market presence primarily in the Southeastern U.S. and further enhanced the Company's ability to cost effectively 
service national and regional retailers. 

Total purchase consideration to acquire Davenport was approximately $41.2 million, of which $34.3 million  was paid at 
closing. The total purchase consideration increased by $2.3 million in 2013 resulting from certain post-closing purchase price 
adjustments. The acquisition was funded with a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under a revolving credit facility 
and was accounted for as a business combination. 

 The following table presents the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and purchase consideration as of the 

acquisition date (in millions). 

Cash

Accounts receivable 

Other receivables 

Inventory 

Prepaid expenses / other assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Capital lease liability 

Other liabilities 

Total consideration

December 17, 2012
0.3

$

21.2

3.9

20.3

2.6

5.3

2.6

6.7
(1.0)
(10.9)
(9.8)
41.2

$

The  total  purchase  consideration  includes  (i)  a  $4.0  million  indemnity  holdback  for  any  post-closing  liabilities  to  be 
released, less any indemnity claims, to the former owners of Davenport in equal installments over four years on the anniversary 
(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:13)(cid:21)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:24)2(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:11)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:6)&(cid:3)(cid:3)((cid:6)3-",(cid:6)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:6)(cid:20)(cid:7)(cid:26)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:23)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:15)(cid:13)(cid:6)(cid:25)(cid:16)(cid:15)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:5)(cid:17)(cid:20)(cid:23)(cid:13)(cid:26)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:6)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:5)(cid:21)"(cid:6)!s of 
December 31,  2013,  the  Company  had  $3.0  million  and  $0.3  million  of  future  payment  obligations  remaining  under  the 
indemnity holdback and employment service provisions, respectively. The intangible assets are comprised of (i) $1.9 million of 
customer  rela(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:20)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:6) (cid:2)(cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:12)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6) (cid:7)(cid:17)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:15)(cid:3))(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) +-(cid:6) (cid:26)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:21)(cid:11)(cid:6) (cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:6) &(cid:3)(cid:3)((cid:6) 3-"4(cid:6) (cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6) (cid:19)(cid:13)(cid:19)-competition  agreements,  the 
majority  of  which  is  being  amortized  over  five  years.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  purchased  intangible  assets  was 
determined using the income approach, which discounts expected  future cash flows attributable to the specific assets to their 
present  value.  The  purchase  price  allocation  also  includes  $1.0  million  of  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  related  primarily  to  the 
difference between the book and tax bases of the assets acquired. 

The acquisition resulted in $6.7 million of non-amortizing goodwill, which represents the excess of the cash paid over the 
fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net of deferred tax liabilities. The goodwill arising from the acquisition, 
which is not deductible for tax purpose, reflects synergies the Company expects to realize.  

Simultaneous with the closing of the acquisition, the Company entered into a capital lease arrangement for a warehouse 
facility in Sanford, North Carolina with certain of the former owners of Davenport, who are now employees of Core-Mark. The 
term  of  the  lease  is  for  10  years,  excluding  renewal  options,  and  the  related  capital  lease  obligation  was  $10.4  million  at 
December 31, 2013.  

Results  of  operations  of  Davenport  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive 
income  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  Company  incurred  costs  of  approximately  $1.6  million  and  $1.3  million  related 
primarily to the acquisition and integration of Davenport’s operations in 2013 and 2012, respectively. These costs are included 
in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 
2013 and 2012.  

56 

 
 
The  Company  did  not  consider  the  Davenport  acquisition  to  be  a  material  business  combination  and  therefore  has  not 

disclosed pro-forma results of operations for the acquired business. 

Acquisition of Forrest City Grocery Company 

On May 2, 2011, the Company acquired Forrest City Grocery Company (“FCGC”), located in Forrest City, Arkansas, and 
thereafter  FCGC  became  a  subsidiary  of  Core-Mark.  FCGC  was  a  regional  wholesale  distributor  servicing  customers  in 
Arkansas,  Mississippi,  Tennessee  and  the  surrounding  states.    The  acquisition  of  FCGC  provided  the  Company  additional 
distribution infrastructure and increased its market share in the Southeastern U.S. 

The total consideration to acquire FCGC was approximately $54.0 million, which was funded with a combination of cash 
on  hand  and  borrowings  under  the  Company's  revolving  credit  facility.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a  business 
combination. 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration paid for the acquisition and the estimated fair values 

of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in millions): 

Cash

Accounts receivable 

Other receivables 

Inventory 

Prepaid expenses / other assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Other liabilities 

Total consideration

May 2, 2011 

3.5

18.4

0.4

13.0

2.0

6.0

18.4

11.6
(7.0)
(12.3)
54.0

$

$

The total purchase consideration included an escrow reserve of approximately $17.0 million for indemnifiable claims in 
connection  with  the  acquisition. The  amount  of  the  escrow  reserve  decreased  to  $13.5  million  as  of  December 31, 2013  due 
primarily  to  scheduled  payments  to  the  seller  under  the  escrow  agreement  and  reimbursements  to  the  Company  for  pre-
acquisition tax liabilities settled during the year. The remaining escrow reserve, subject to adjustment, is available for claims 
through May 2015.  

#(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:24)2(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:3)(cid:22)(cid:23)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:16)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)3+,"0(cid:6)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6)(cid:24)(cid:16)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:23)(cid:7)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:13)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:20)(cid:21)(cid:14)(cid:6)(cid:2)(cid:12)(cid:3)(cid:24)(cid:12)(cid:6)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:6)(cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:17)(cid:13)(cid:9)(cid:15)(cid:3))(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6)(cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6)+/(cid:6)(cid:26)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:21)(cid:11)(cid:6)
and  $2.0  million  of  non-competition  agreements,  the  majority  of  which  is  being  amortized  over  5  years.  The  estimated  fair 
value of the intangible assets was determined using the income approach, which discounts expected future cash flows to present 
value. The purchase price allocation also includes $7.0 million of net deferred tax liabilities related primarily to the difference 
between the book and tax bases of the intangible assets. The acquisition resulted in $11.6 million of non-amortizing goodwill, 
which is not deductible for tax purposes. 

Results  of  operations  of  FCGC  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and 
comprehensive  income  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  Company  did  not  consider  the  FCGC  acquisition  to  be  a  material 
business combination, and therefore has not disclosed pro-forma results of operations for the acquired business. 

57 

 
 
4.

Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Accounts Receivable 

The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts due from customers consist of the following (in millions): 

Balance, beginning of year 

Net additions charged to operations 

Less: Write-offs and adjustments 

Balance, end of year 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$

$

10.9 $
1.1
(2.6)
9.4 $

9.6 $
2.0
(0.7)
10.9 $

8.7

2.0
(1.1)
9.6

The net additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as 

a component of the Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses. 

Other Receivables, Net 

Other receivables, net consist of the following (in millions): 

Vendor receivables, net 

Insurance recoverables, current 

Other 

Total other receivables, net 

Deposits and Prepayments 

Deposits and prepayments consist of the following (in millions):    

Deposits 

Prepaid income taxes 

Vendor prepayments 

Racking allowances, current 

Other prepayments 

Total deposits and prepayments 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$

$

$

$

46.0 $
5.3

7.7
59.0 $

41.2

2.2

10.4
53.8

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

4.9   $
4.3  

26.4  

7.9  

9.5  
53.0   $

4.8

3.7

18.8

5.0

8.0
40.3

Deposits  include  amounts  related  primarily  to  cigarette  stamps  and  workers'  compensation  claims.  Other  prepayments 

include prepayments relating to insurance policies, rent, cigarette stamps and software licenses. 

Other Non-Current Assets, Net 

Other non-current assets, net of current portion, consist of the following (in millions): 

Insurance recoverables 

Debt issuance costs 

Insurance deposits 

Racking allowances, net 

Other assets 

Total other non-current assets, net 

58 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$

$

17.2 $
1.1

3.7

4.9

6.2
33.1 $

17.6

1.0

3.6

4.4

6.9
33.5

Accrued Liabilities 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in millions):  

Accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits 

Claims liabilities, current 

Accrued customer incentives payable 

Indirect taxes 

Vendor advances 

Other accrued expenses 

Total accrued liabilities 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$

$

25.8   $
12.9  

18.5  

5.9  

5.3  

19.7  
88.1   $

27.7

8.5

14.9

5.2

5.5

17.7
79.5

The  Company’s  accrued  payroll,  retirement  and  other  benefits  include  accruals  for  vacation,  bonuses,  wages,  401(k) 
benefit  matching  and  the  current  portion  of  pension  and  post-retirement  benefit  obligations.  The  Company’s  other  accrued 
expenses include accruals for goods and services, legal expenses, interest and other miscellaneous accruals. 

5. 

Inventories 

Inventories consist of the following (in millions):

Inventories at FIFO, net of reserves
Less: LIFO reserve 

Total inventories at LIFO, net of reserves

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$

$

488.2   $
(99.0)  
389.2   $

456.7
(90.3)
366.4

Cost  of  goods  sold  reflects  the  application  of  the  last-in,  first-out  (“LIFO”)  method  of  valuing  inventories  in  the  U.S. 
based upon estimated annual producer price indices. Inventories in Canada are valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis, as 
LIFO is not a permitted inventory valuation method in Canada. If the FIFO method had been used for valuing inventories in the 
U.S.,  inventories  would  have  been  approximately  $99.0  million  and  $90.3  million  higher  at  December 31,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. The Company had a decrement in certain of its LIFO inventory layers of $11.8 million, $23.2 million and $2.4 
million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which had the effect of reducing its LIFO expense by $2.2 million in 2013, $1.6 
million  in  2012  and  $0.6  million  in  2011.  The  Company  recorded  LIFO  expense  of  $8.7  million,  $12.3  million  and  $18.3 
million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrement in the Company’s LIFO inventory 
layers  in  2013  was  due  primarily  to  lower  inventory  levels  resulting  from  higher  than  expected  sales  in  December  2013. 
Approximately $20.0 million  of the $23.2 million decrement in 2012 was the result of a reduction in LIFO layers created in 
2011, due to a temporary increase in inventory to support new business and holiday timing at the end of 2011. 

6. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consist of the following (in millions): 

Delivery, warehouse and office equipment (1)
Leasehold improvements 
Land and buildings (2)
Construction in progress 

Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Total property and equipment, net 

______________________________________________ 

 (1)  Includes equipment capital leases of $3.3 million for 2013 and $2.1 million  for 2012. 
 (2)  In both 2013 and 2012 includes $4.8 million for a capital lease related to a warehouse facility.

59 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$

$

169.0 $
36.1

26.9

1.1

233.1
(118.2)
114.9 $

156.2

32.3

24.9

1.4

214.8
(100.1)
114.7

Depreciation and amortization expenses related to property and equipment were $20.0 million, $18.5 million and $16.2 
million  for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Property and equipment includes accruals for construction in progress of $1.9 
million in 2013 and $0.2 million in 2012.  

7. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in millions):

Goodwill, beginning of year 

Davenport acquisition 

Goodwill, end of year 

2013 

2012 

$

$

22.8   $
0.1  
22.9   $

16.2

6.6
22.8

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely 
than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  below  its  carrying  amount.  The  Company  did  not  record  any  impairment 
charges related to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  

Other Intangible Assets 

The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as 

follows (in millions): 

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Gross 

Net 

Gross 

Net 

Carrying 

Accumulated 

Carrying 

Carrying 

Accumulated 

Carrying 

Amount 

Amortization

Amount 

Amount 

Amortization

$

$

21.1 $
3.2

11.9
36.2 $

(4.1)  $
(1.8) 

(9.5) 
(15.4)  $

17.0 $
1.4

2.4
20.8 $

21.6   $
3.2  

9.9  
34.7   $

(3.0) $
(1.0)

(9.3)
(13.3) $

Amount 
18.6

2.2

0.6
21.4

Customer relationships 

Non-competition agreements 

Internally developed and other 
purchased software 

Total other intangible assets 

The amortization of intangible assets, inclusive of non-compete agreements, customer lists and internally developed and 
other purchased software, recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $2.7 million in 2013 and $3.0 million in 
both  2012 and 2011. 

Intangible assets and software with definite useful lives are amortized over the following useful lives: 

Customer relationships

Non-competition agreements 

Software 

Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows (in millions): 

Year ending December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

60 

Useful Life in Years 
10-15

1-5 

3-8 

$

2.5

2.4

2.1

1.9

1.8

 
 
 
   
8. 

Long-term Debt 
Total long-term debt consists of the following (in millions): 

Amounts borrowed (Credit Facility) 

Obligations under capital leases (Note 9) 

Total long-term debt 

December 31, 

December 31, 

2013 

2012 

$

$

46.3 $
11.3
57.6 $

73.3

11.4
84.7

The Company has a revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”) with a capacity of $200 million which can be increased up 
to an additional $100 million, subject to certain provisions. All obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by first priority 
liens  on  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  present  and  future  assets.  The  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility  permit  prepayment 
without penalty at any time (subject to customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR or CDOR based loans prepaid prior to 
the end of an interest period).  

On May 30, 2013, the Company entered into a fifth amendment to the Credit Facility (the "Fifth Amendment"), which 
extended the term of the Credit Facility from May 2016 to May 2018 and reduced the margin added to the LIBOR or CDOR 
rate and reduced the unused facility fees. The margin added to the LIBOR or CDOR rate is currently a range of 125 to 175 basis 
points, down from a range of 175 to 225 basis points. In addition, the Fifth Amendment provides for stock repurchases of up to 
an  aggregate  of  $50  million,  not  to  exceed  $15  million  in  any  year  and  re-established  a  $75  million  ceiling  for  dividends 
allowable over the term of the Credit Facility. The Company incurred fees of approximately $0.3 million in connection with the 
Fifth Amendment, which are being amortized over the term of the amendment.  

The Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among others, limitations on dividends and other restricted 
payments,  other  indebtedness,  liens,  investments  and  acquisitions  and  certain  asset  sales.  As  of  December 31,  2013,  the 
Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the Credit Facility. 

Amounts borrowed, outstanding letters of credit and amounts available to borrow, net of certain reserves required under 

the Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions):

Amounts borrowed 

Outstanding letters of credit 
Amounts available to borrow (1)
______________________________________________ 
(1)  Excluding $100 million expansion feature. 

December 31, 

December 31, 

2013 

2012 

$

46.3   $
21.8  

122.7  

73.3

19.8

97.7

Average  borrowings  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013  and  2012  were  $35.3  million  and  $26.3  million, 
respectively, with amounts borrowed at any one time during the years then ended ranging from zero to $112.0 million and zero 
to $91.5 million, respectively. 

The weighted-average interest rate on the revolving credit facility for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 
1.8% and 2.1%, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate is calculated based on the daily cost of borrowing, reflecting a 
blend of prime and LIBOR rates. The Company paid fees for unused credit facility and letter of credit participation, which are 
included  in  interest  expense,  of  $0.8  million,  $0.9  million,  and  $1.3  million  for  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively.  The 
Company  recorded  charges  related  to  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs,  which  are  included  in  interest  expense,  of  $0.4 
million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Unamortized debt 
issuance costs were $1.4 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies 

Purchase Commitments 

The Company enters into purchase commitments in the ordinary course of business. At December 31, 2013, the Company 
had $4.8 million in purchase obligations related primarily to delivery equipment and computer software. At December 31, 2012, 
the Company had $1.2 million in purchase obligations related primarily to delivery equipment.           

61 

 
 
 
Operating Leases 

The  Company  leases  most  of  its  sales  and  warehouse  facilities  and  a  significant  number  of  trucks,  vans  and  certain 
equipment under operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2027, excluding renewal options. Rent expense 
is  recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  including  available  renewal  option  terms,  if  it  is  reasonably 
assured  that  the  renewal  options  will  be  exercised.  The  operating  leases  generally  require  the  Company  to  pay  taxes, 
maintenance  and  insurance.  In  most  instances,  the  Company  expects  the  operating  leases  that  expire  will  be  renewed  or 
replaced in the normal course of business. 

Future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of 

one year and excluding contracted vehicle maintenance costs) were as follows as of December 31, 2013 (in millions): 

Year ending December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 and Thereafter 

Total

$

$

33.8

31.1

28.9

26.2

21.7

72.0
213.7

For  2013,  2012  and  2011,  rental  expenses  for  operating  and  month-to-month  leases,  including  contracted  vehicle 

maintenance costs, were $45.7 million, $41.8 million and $38.7 million, respectively.  

Capital Leases 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company  had approximately $12.5 million and $12.3 million, respectively, in 
capital  lease  obligations,  related  to  a  warehouse  facility,  refrigeration  and  other  office  and  warehouse  equipment  with  lease 
agreements expiring at various dates through 2032, excluding renewal options. 

Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  non-cancelable  capital  leases  were  as  follows  as  of  December 31,  2013  (in 

millions):  

Year ending December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 and thereafter 

Total

Less: Interest 

Present value of future minimum lease payments

Less: current portion 

Non-current portion

Contingencies 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

$

$

1.7

1.7

1.6

1.2

1.2

9.2

16.6
(4.1)
12.5
(1.2)
11.3

Letter  of  Credit  Commitments.  As  of  December 31,  2013,  the  Company's  standby  letters  of  credit  issued  under  the 
Company's Credit Facility were $21.8 million  related primarily to casualty insurance and tax obligations. The majority of the 
standby letters of credit mature in one year. However, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will continue to renew 
or  modify  the  terms  of  the  letters  of  credit  to  support  business  requirements.  The  letters  of  credit  are  contingent  liabilities, 
supported by the Company’s line of credit, and are not reflected on the consolidated balance sheets.

62 

Operating  Leases. The  majority  of  the  Company’s  sales  offices,  warehouse  facilities  and  trucks  are  subject  to  lease 
agreements,  which  expire  at  various  dates  through  2032,  excluding  renewal  options.  These  leases  generally  require  the 
Company to maintain, insure and pay any related taxes. In most instances, the Company expects the leases that expire will be 
renewed or replaced in the normal course of its business.

Third  Party  Distribution  Centers.  The  Company  currently  manages  two  regional  distribution  centers  for  third  party 
convenience store operators who engage in self-distribution. Under the agreement relating to one of these facilities, the third 
party  has  a  “put”  right  under  which  it  may  require  the  Company  to  acquire  the  facility.  If  the  put  right  is  exercised,  the 
Company will be required to (1) purchase the inventory in the facilities at cost, (2) purchase the physical assets of the facilities 
at fully depreciated cost and (3) assume the obligations of the third party as lessees under the leases related to those facilities. 
While the Company believes the likelihood that this put option will be exercised is remote, if it were exercised, the Company 
would  be  required  to  make  aggregate  capital  expenditures  of  approximately  $2.0  million  based  on  current  estimates.  The 
amount of capital expenditures would vary depending on the timing of any exercise of such put right and does not include an 
estimate of the cost to purchase inventory because such purchases would simply replace other planned inventory purchases and 
would not represent an incremental cost. In the event the third party terminates self-distribution, they are required to enter into a 
five year distribution agreement with the Company to supply their stores.

Litigation 

The Company is a plaintiff in a lawsuit against Sonitrol Corporation. The case arose from the December 21, 2002 arson 
fire at the Denver warehouse in which Sonitrol failed to detect and respond to a four-hour burglary and subsequent arson. In 
2010, a jury found in favor of the Company and its insurers. Sonitrol appealed the judgment to the Colorado Appellate Court 
and on July 19, 2012, the Appellate Court upheld the trial court's ruling on two of the three issues being appealed but set aside 
the  judgment  and  remanded  the  case  back  to  the  District Court  for  trial  on  the  sole  issue  of  damages.  The Appellate  Court's 
ruling  was  appealed  by  Sonitrol  to  the  Colorado  Supreme  Court  on  September  21,  2012.  On April  29,  2013,  the  Colorado 
Supreme Court denied Sonitrol's appeal and the case was returned to the District Court to resolve the sole issue of damages. A 
trial date has been set for April 7, 2014. The Company is unable to predict when this litigation will be finally resolved and the 
ultimate  outcome. Any  monetary  recovery  from  the  lawsuit  would  be  recognized  only  if  and  when  it  is  finally  paid  to  the 
Company. 

The  Company  is  subject  to  certain  legal  proceedings,  claims,  investigations  and  administrative  proceedings  in  the 
ordinary course of its business. The Company records a provision for a liability when it is both probable that the liability has 
been  incurred  and  the  amount  of  the  liability  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  These  provisions,  if  any,  are  reviewed  at  least 
quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information 
and events pertaining to a particular case. 

10.

Income Taxes 

The Company's income tax provision consists of the following (in millions): 

Current: 

Federal 

State 

Foreign 

Total current tax provision 

Deferred: 

Federal 

State 

Foreign 

Total deferred tax (benefit) provision 

Total income tax provision 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$

$

$

$

$

18.7 $
2.4

—
21.1 $

2.8 $
0.8
(0.3)
3.3 $

16.2 $
2.5

—
18.7 $

2.5 $
0.5
(0.2)
2.8 $

13.7

3.6

—
17.3

0.3
(0.5)
(0.1)
(0.3)

24.4 $

21.5 $

17.0

63 

A  reconciliation  of  the  statutory  federal  income  tax  rate  to  the  Company's  effective  income  tax  rate  and  income  tax 

provision is as follows (in millions): 

Federal income tax provision at the statutory rate 
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits (inclusive of

related interest and penalty) 

Effect of foreign operations 

Non-deductible acquisition costs 

Tax credits and other, net 

Income tax provision 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$

23.1

35.0% $

19.4

35.0% $

15.1

35.0%

2.5

3.9

2.3

4.2

2.1

4.9

(0.4)
(0.3)
—
(0.5)
24.4

$

(0.6) 

(0.5) 

—

(0.8) 
37.0% $

(0.2)
(0.2)
0.2

—
21.5

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

0.4

—
38.8% $

(0.3)
(0.1)
0.3
(0.1)
17.0

(0.7) 

(0.2) 

0.7

(0.3) 

39.4%

The Company’s effective tax rate was 37.0% for 2013 compared to 38.8% for 2012. The decrease in effective tax rate for 
2013 was due primarily to a higher proportion of earnings from states with lower tax rates, tax credits and adjustments of prior 
year’s estimates and the impact of non-deductible acquisition-related costs recognized in 2012.  

The provision for income taxes included a net benefit of $0.9 million and $0.5 million for 2013 and 2012, respectively, 
related  primarily  to  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  for  uncertain  tax  positions  and  adjustments  of  prior  year's 
estimates. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in 
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The tax effects of significant temporary differences 
which comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions): 

Deferred tax assets:

Employee benefits, including post-retirement benefits 

Trade and other receivables 

Goodwill and intangibles 

Self-insurance reserves 

Other 

Subtotal 

Less: valuation allowance 

Net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Inventories 

Property and equipment 

Prepaid and deposits 

Deferred income 

Goodwill and intangibles 

Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Total net deferred tax liabilities 

Net current deferred tax assets 

Net non-current deferred tax liabilities 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

$

$

$

$

$

$

11.3 $
3.6

2.8

1.0

3.6

22.3
(0.1)
22.2 $

5.4 $
19.1

0.5

0.2

7.1

1.0
33.3 $

(11.1) $
2.3
(13.4) $

15.3

4.3

2.7

0.9

3.4

26.6
(0.1)
26.5

4.0

19.5

0.5

0.2

7.9

1.3
33.4

(6.9)

4.8
(11.7)

At each balance sheet date, a valuation allowance was established against the deferred tax assets based on management’s 
assessment whether it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets would not be realized. The Company had a valuation 

64 

allowance  of  $0.1  million  at  December 31,  2013  and  2012  related  to  foreign  tax  credits,  which  will  expire  at  various  times 
between 2014 to 2016.  

The  total  gross  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  related  to  federal,  state  and  foreign  taxes  was  approximately  $0.6 
million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, all of which would impact the Company's effective tax 
rate, if recognized. The expiration of the statute of limitations for certain tax positions in future years and expected settlement of 
certain tax audit issues could impact the total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits by $0.2 million through the year ended 
December  31,  2014. A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amounts  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  2013, 2012  and 
2011 is as follows (in millions): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Balance at beginning of year 

$

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to acquisition 

Lapse of statute of limitations 
Settlement(1)
Other 

1.6 $
0.2
(0.2)
(1.0)
—
0.6 $

1.8 $
—
(0.2)
—

—
1.6 $

1.2

0.9
(0.2)
—
(0.1)
1.8

Balance at end of year 
____________________________________________ 
(1) Relates to the settlement in 2013 of certain pre-acquisition tax liabilities which were reimbursed by the former owners.

$

The Company files U.S. federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. 
In  2011,  the  IRS  initiated  an  examination  of  the  Company’s  federal  tax  returns  for  2009  and  2010.  The  examination  was 
finalized in the first quarter of 2013 and resulted in no adjustments. The 2010 to 2013 tax years remain subject to examination 
by federal and state tax authorities. As of December 31, 2013, the 2009 tax year was still open for certain state tax authorities. 
The 2006 to 2013 tax years remain subject to examination by the tax authorities in Canada. 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes in income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011 the Company recognized a net benefit in its provision for income taxes of $0.1 million related primarily to 
the  recovery  of  interest  associated  with  the  expiration  of  statute  of  limitations  for  certain  unrecognized  tax  positions. As  of 
December 31, 2013, the Company had a liability of $0.5 million for estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax 
benefits,  consisting  of  $0.2  million  for  interest  and  $0.3  million  for  penalties,  compared  to  a  liability  of  0.7  million  as  of 
December 31, 2012. 

11.

Employee Benefit Plans 

Pension Plans 

The Company sponsored a qualified defined-benefit pension plan and a post-retirement benefit consisting of a Core-Mark 
pension  plan,  which  was  frozen  on  September  30,  1986.  In  addition,  the  Company  inherited  three  plans  from  Fleming,  the 
Company’s former parent company. The Fleming plans were frozen on or prior to August 20, 1998. These plans are collectively 
referred as the “Pension Plans”.  There have been no new entrants to the Pension Plans after those benefit plans were frozen.  

The  Company’s  defined-benefit  pension  plan  is  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974 
(“ERISA”). Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) has the authority to terminate an underfunded 
pension  plan  under  limited  circumstances.  In  the  event  the  Company’s  pension  plan  is  terminated  for  any  reason  while  it  is 
underfunded, the Company would incur a liability to the PBGC that may be equal to the entire amount of the underfunding. The 
Company’s post-retirement benefit plan is not subject to ERISA. As a result, the post-retirement benefit plan is not required to 
be pre-funded, and, accordingly, has no plan assets. 

Pension costs and other post-retirement benefit costs charged to operations are estimated on the basis of annual valuations 
with  the  assistance  of  an  independent  actuary.  Adjustments  arising  from  plan  amendments,  changes  in  assumptions  and 
experience  gains  and  losses,  are  amortized  over  the  average  future  life  expectancy  of  inactive  participants  for  the  defined-
benefit plan, and the average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits for the post-retirement 
benefit plan. 

65 

The  following  tables  provide  a  reconciliation  of  the  changes  in  the  Pension  Plans'  benefit  obligation  and  fair  value  of 
assets, the funded status of the plans and the amounts recognized in the balance sheets and accumulated other comprehensive 
loss as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):  

Pension Benefits 

Other Post-retirement 
Benefits 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31, 
2012 

Change in Benefit Obligation: 
Obligation at beginning of year 

Interest cost 

Actuarial (gain) loss 

Benefit payments 

Curtailment gain 

Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in Plan Assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 

Actual return on plan assets 

Employer contributions 

Benefit payments 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Funded status at end of year 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liability 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other 
comprehensive loss consist of: 

Prior service credit 

Net actuarial loss (gain) 

Total 

Additional Information:
Accumulated benefit obligation 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

43.0 $
1.6
(1.7)
(2.8)
—
40.1 $

33.0 $
3.3

4.5
(2.8)
38.0 $

38.0

$

1.8

5.6
(2.4)
—
43.0

$

28.7

$

3.0

3.7
(2.4)
33.0

$

5.1 $
0.2
(0.8)
(0.2)
(0.9)
3.4 $

— $
—

0.2
(0.2)

— $

4.6

0.2

0.4
(0.1)
—
5.1

—

—

0.1
(0.1)
—

(2.1) $

(10.0) $

(3.4) $

(5.1)

— $

(2.1)
(2.1) $

— $

13.1
13.1 $

— $

(10.0)
(10.0) $

— $

16.5
16.5

$

40.1 $

43.0

(0.3) $
(3.1)
(3.4) $

— $

(0.1)
(0.1) $

(0.3)
(4.8)
(5.1)

(0.1)

0.7
0.6

During  2013,  the  underfunded  status  of  the  defined-benefit  pension  plan  decreased    $7.9  million  to  $2.1  million,  due 
primarily  to  an  actuarial  gain  of  $1.7  million  in  2013  attributable  primarily  to  an  increase  in discount  rates,  $4.5  million  of 
Company contributions, and higher than expected returns on the Company's pension plan assets. In addition, during 2013, the 
Company implemented changes to medical benefits in the post-retirement benefit plan. The most significant change to the plan 
was the removal of the Company’s subsidy of medical premiums for future retirees, which curtailed future benefits for those 
participants. The Company recorded a net curtailment gain of $0.9 million in 2013 due to the reduction in future obligations 
under the plan resulting from the change in benefits.  

66 

 
The following table provides components of net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit 

obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (in millions): 

Pension Benefits 

Other Post-retirement 
Benefits 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost:

Interest cost 

Expected return on plan assets 

Amortization of prior service credit 

Amortization of net actuarial loss 

Curtailment gain 

Net periodic benefit (income) cost 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit 
Obligations Recognized in Other 
Comprehensive Income: 

Net actuarial (gain)/loss 

Amortization of prior service cost 

Amortization of actuarial gain 

Total recognized in other comprehensive

   income 

$

$

$

$

1.6   $
(2.3) 
—

0.6  

—
(0.1)  $

1.8 $
(2.1)
—

0.4

—
0.1 $

1.8
(1.9)
—

0.3

—
0.2

$

$

0.2 $
—
(0.1)
—
(0.9)
(0.8) $

0.2 $
—
(0.1)
—

—
0.1 $

(2.8)  $
—
(0.6) 

4.7 $
—
(0.4)

4.1

$

—
(0.3)

(0.8) $
0.1

—

0.4 $
0.1

—

(3.4)  $

4.3 $

3.8

$

(0.7) $

0.5 $

0.2

—
(0.1)
—

—
0.1

0.5

0.1

—

0.6

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and   
   other comprehensive income 

$

(3.5)  $

4.4 $

4.0

$

(1.5) $

0.6 $

0.7

For both the pension and other post-retirement benefits plans, prior service cost are amortized on a straight-line basis over 
the average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. For the pension benefits 
plan, gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and market-related value of assets are amortized 
over the average future life expectancy of inactive participants. For the post-retirement benefit plan, gains and losses in excess 
of  10%  of  the  greater  of  the  benefit  obligation  and  market-related  value  of  assets  are  amortized  over  the  average  remaining 
future service of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. The Company uses its fiscal year-end date as the 
measurement  date  for  the  plans.  The  Company  estimated  that  average  future  life  expectancy  is  22.1  years  for  the  pension 
benefits plan and remaining service life of active participants is 6.8 years for the post-retirement benefits plan.  

Assumptions Used: 

The following table shows the weighted-average assumptions used in the measurement of:

Benefit Obligations:

Discount rate 

Expected return on assets 

Net Periodic Benefit Costs:

Discount rate 

Expected return on assets 

Pension Benefits 

December 31,

Other Post-retirement Benefits 

December 31,

2013 

2012 

2011 

2013 

2012 

2011 

4.60%

6.55%

3.80%

7.00%

4.72%

7.25%

4.60%

N/A

3.85%

N/A

4.74%

N/A

3.80%

7.00%

4.72%

7.25%

5.04%

7.35%

3.85%

N/A

4.74%

N/A

5.08%

N/A

The weighted-average discount rates used to determine the Pension Plans' obligations and expenses are based on a yield 
curve  methodology  which  matches the expected benefits at each duration to the available high quality  yields at that duration 
and calculating an equivalent yield. The increase in discount rate in 2013 compared to 2012 was due to higher bond yields. The 
decrease in the expected long-term return on assets assumption in 2013 compared to 2012 was due primarily to a change in the 
investment composition of the plan assets to a higher percentage of bonds versus equity investments, in order to reduce risk. 
The  Company  uses  a  building  block  approach  in  determining  the  overall  expected  long  term  return  on  assets.  Under  this 

67 

 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
approach,  a  weighted-average  expected  rate  of  return  is  developed  based  on  historical  and  expected  future  returns  for  each 
major asset class and the proportion of assets of the class held by the Pension Plans. The Company then reviews the results and 
may make adjustments to reflect the expected additional return gained through active investment management. 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement  health care plans. 
The  health  care  cost  trend  rates  assumed  for  the  end  of  year  benefit  obligation  for  the  post-retirement  benefit  plans  are  as 
follows:

Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants under 65 

Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants 65 and over 

Ultimate year trend rate 

Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants under 65 

Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants 65 and over 

December 31, 
2013 
7.50% 

December 31, 
2012 
7.00% 

7.00% 

5.00% 

2024 

2022 

6.00% 

5.00% 

2017 

2017 

 A one percent point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in millions):

Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic post-retirement

health care benefit cost 

Effect on the health care component of the accumulated post-retirement benefit 

obligation 

Plan Assets: 

1% Increase 

1% Decrease 

$

$

— $

0.4 $

—

(0.3)

The Company has adopted a dynamic investment strategy to reduce the pension plan's investment risk as the funded status 

improves. The strategy will reduce the allocation to return seeking assets (primarily equities) and increase the allocation to 
liability hedging assets (primarily fixed income) over time with the intention of reducing the volatility of the funded status and 
pension costs. Based on the plan's funded status, the Company's current target allocations are: 0-5% cash, 28-34% equity and 
66-72% fixed income. The Company’s investment target also sets forth the requirement for diversification within asset class, 
types and classes for investments prohibited and permitted, specific indices to be used for benchmark in investment decisions 
and criteria for individual securities. 

The  fair  value  measurements  of  the  Pension  Plans'  assets  by  asset  category  at  December 31,  2013  are  as  follows  (in 

millions):  

 Asset Category 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Group trust 

Group annuity contract 

 Total 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical  Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total 

$

$

2.5 $
31.8

3.7
38.0 $

2.5 $
—

—
2.5 $

— $

31.8

3.7
35.5 $

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3) 
—

—

—
—

During  2013,  the  Company  reinvested  the  majority  of  the  plan  assets  in  an  investment  instrument  (“Group  Trust”), 
comprised of a diversified portfolio of investments across  various asset classes, including U.S. and foreign equities and U.S. 
high yield and investment grade corporate bonds. The Group Trust is valued at the net asset value provided by the administrator 
of the fund. The net asset value is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, divided 
by the number of units outstanding. 

The  group  annuity  consists  primarily  of  investment  grade  fixed  income  securities. The participating  annuity  contract  is 
valued based on discounted cash flows of current yields of similar securities with comparable duration based on the underlying 
fixed income investments. 

68 

The  fair  value  measurements  of  the  Pension  Plans'  assets  by  asset  category  at  December 31,  2012  are  as  follows  (in 

millions): 

 Asset Category 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

  Mutual funds 

  Other equity securities, primarily U.S. companies

Government securities 
Corporate and muni bonds: 

   Other bonds 

   Muni bonds 

Group annuity contract 

 Total 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical  Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total 

$

1.1 $

0.4 $

0.7 $

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3) 
—

8.1

10.1

3.7

5.9

0.3

8.1

10.1

2.1

—

—

—

—

1.6

5.9

0.3

$

3.8
33.0 $

—
20.7 $

3.8
12.3 $

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

Estimated Future Contributions and Benefit Payments

The Company expects to contribute a minimum of $1.3 million and $0.3 million its pension benefits plan and other post-

retirements benefits plan, respectively, in 2014. 

Estimated future benefit payments reflecting future service are as follows (in millions):

Year ending December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 through 2023 

Pension 
Benefits 

Other 
Post-retirement 
Benefits 

$

3.3 $
2.7

2.9

2.9

3.3

13.8

0.3

0.3

0.2

0.2

0.2

1.1

Expected amortizations from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost for the year ending 

December 31, 2014 (in millions):

Expected amortization of net actuarial loss 

Expected amortization of prior service credit 

Total expected amortizations for the year ending December 31, 2014 

Pension
Benefits 

Other 
Post-retirement 
Benefits 

$

$

0.4   $
—
0.4   $

—

—
—

69 

Multi-employer Defined Benefit Plan 

The  Company  contributed  $0.3  million  in  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  to  multi-employer 

defined benefit plans under the terms of a collective-bargaining agreement that covers its union represented employees.  

Savings Plans 

The Company maintains defined-contribution plans in the U.S., subject to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, 
and in Canada, subject to the Income Tax Act. For the year ended December 31, 2013, eligible U.S. employees could elect to 
contribute, on a tax-deferred basis, from 1% to 75% of their compensation to a maximum of $17,500. Eligible U.S. employees 
over  50  years  of  age  could  also  contribute  an  additional  $5,500  on  a  tax-deferred  basis.  In  Canada,  employees  can  elect  to 
contribute  up  to  a  maximum  of  $23,820  Canadian  dollars.  Under  the  401(k)  plan,  the  Company  matches  100%  of  U.S. 
employee contributions up to 2% of base salary and matches 25% of employee contributions from 2% to 6% of base salary. For 
Canadian  employees,  the  Company  matches  50%  of  employee  contributions  up  to  3%  of  base  salary.  For  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company  made  matching  payments  of  $2.8  million,  $2.3  million  and  $2.5  million, 
respectively.  

12.

Earnings Per Share 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net earnings per share (dollars and shares in millions, 

except per share amounts): 

Year Ended December 31, 

Basic EPS 
Effect of dilutive 

common share 

equivalents: 

Restricted 

stock units

Stock options 

Performance shares 

Warrants 

Diluted EPS 

Net 
Income
$ 41.6

—

—

—

—
$ 41.6

2013 

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share 

Net 
Income
3.62 $ 33.9

2012 

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share 

Net 
Income
2.96 $ 26.2

11.5 $

—

0.1

—

—
11.6 $

—

—

—

(0.01)
(0.02)
(0.01)
—

—
3.58 $ 33.9

11.5 $

0.1

—

—

—
11.6 $

—

—

—

(0.02)

(0.02)
(0.01)
—

—
2.91 $ 26.2

2011 

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding

11.4 $

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share 
2.30

—

0.1

—

0.2
11.7 $

(0.01)

(0.02)
—
(0.04)
2.23

______________________________________________ 

Note: Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated based on unrounded actual amounts. 

Stock options and warrants to purchase common stock are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if 
their effect would be anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive stock options or warrants excluded in the computation of diluted 
earnings per share for 2013 and 2012, and 91,770 anti-dilutive stock options were excluded in the computation of diluted 
earnings per share for 2011. 

13.

Stock Incentive Plans 

The following table summarizes the number of securities to be issued and remaining available for future issuance under 

all of the Company’s stock incentive plans as of December 31, 2013: 

70 

2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

-Options 

2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

-Restricted stock units 
2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan(1) 

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan(1) 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options 
and vesting of RSUs 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options 
and vesting of RSUs

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column 1) 

4,376   $

3,053   $
96,958   $
131,533   $

31.70

0.01

24.63

1.88

—

—

—

259,949

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Includes non-qualified stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares. 

2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

The 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2004 LTIP”) provided for issuance of  shares of  non-qualified stock options and 
restricted stock units to officers and key employees. For option grants, the exercise price equals the fair value of the Company's 
common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  Options  vested  over  a  three-year  period:  one-third  of  the  options  cliff-vest  on  the  first 
anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vest in equal monthly installments over the two-year 
period  following  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting  commencement  date.  Stock  options  expire  seven  years  after  the  date  of 
grant.  No further grants will be made under the 2004 LTIP. 

2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

The 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2005 LTIP”) provided for the granting of restricted stock units to officers and key 
employees. The majority of restricted stock units issued under the 2005 LTIP generally vest over three years: one-third of the 
restricted stock  units cliff vest on the first anniversary of  the vesting commencement date and the remaining restricted stock 
units vest in equal quarterly installments over the two-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement 
date. Restricted stock units do not have an expiration date. No further grants will be made under the 2005 LTIP.  

2005 Directors' Equity Incentive Plan 

The  2005  Directors'  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (“2005  Directors'  Plan”)  consists  of  15,000 non-qualified  stock  options  that 
have been granted to non-employee Directors of the Company. The terms and vesting requirements of the 2005 Directors' Plan 
are  similar  to  those  of  the  2004  LTIP,  except  options  vest  quarterly  after  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting  commencement 
date. No stock options are available for future issuance. 

2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

The 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2007 LTIP”) provided for the granting of stock options, restricted stock units and 
performance share awards of the Company's common stock to officers, employees and non-employee directors. The majority of 
awards issued under the 2007 LTIP generally vest over three years: one-third of the awards cliff vest on the first anniversary of 
the  vesting  commencement  date  and  the  remaining  awards  vest  in  equal  quarterly  installments  over  the  two-year  period 
following  the  first  anniversary  of  the  vesting  commencement  date.  Stock  options  expire  seven  years  after  the  date  of  grant. 
Restricted stock units do not have an expiration date. No further grants will be made under the 2007 LTIP. 

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

The 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2010 LTIP”) provides for the granting of awards of up to 1,115,952 shares of the 
Company's  common  stock  to  officers,  employees  and  non-employee  directors.  The  2010  LTIP  became  effective  on April  1, 
2010  and  awards  may  be  made  under  the  plan  through  March 31,  2020. The  available  awards  under  the  2010  LTIP include: 
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards and performance shares. The 2010 LTIP 
limits  awards  to  100,000  shares  to  any  one  participant  in  any  one  year. The  majority  of  awards  issued  under  the  2010  LTIP 
through December 31, 2013, have been restricted stock units, which generally vest over three years.  

71 

 
   
   
 
   
   
The following table summarizes the activity for all stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares under all 

of the Long-Term Incentive Plans ("LTIPs") for the year ended December 31, 2013: 

December 31, 2012

Activity during 2013 

December 31, 2013 

Outstanding

Granted

Exercised

Canceled

Outstanding

Exercisable

Securities 

Number 

Price  Number

Price 

Number 

Price 

Number 

Price 

Number 

Price 

Number 

Price 

Plans 

2004 LTIP 

2005 LTIP 

2007 LTIP (1) 

2010 LTIP (1) 

RSUs 

Options 

Performance 
shares 

Options 

RSUs 

RSUs 

Options 

Performance
shares 

17,376 $ 34.94
3,053

0.01

24,920

169,107

8,453

120,126

0.01

25.62

0.01

0.01

—

—

—

—

—

87,268 (2) 

7,500

32.78

—

$ —

(13,000) $ 36.03

—

—

—

—

0.01

—

—

(24,514)

(72,555)

(8,453)

(98,511)

—

—

0.01

26.85

0.01

0.01

—

77,047

0.01

90,500 (3) 

0.01

(46,655)

0.01

(104,575)

— $ —
—

—

4,376 $ 31.70
3,053

0.01

4,376 $ 31.70
3,053

0.01

406

96,552

0.01

24.74

—

—

—

—

406

96,552

—

107,716

0.01

24.74

—

0.01

7,500

32.78

5,000

32.78

16,317

0.01

—

—

—

—

—

(1,167)

—

—

—

—

0.01

—

0.01

Total 

177,768  
______________________________________________ 
Note: Price is weighted-average price per share.

427,582

(263,688)

(105,742)

235,920

109,387

(1) The 2007 and 2010 LTIPs are for officers, employees and non-employee directors. 
(2) Consists of non-performance RSUs. 
(3)

In February 2013, the Company awarded a maximum of 90,500 performance-based RSUs to certain of its employees at a weighted-average grant date fair 
value of $49.13. The shares were ultimately cancelled as the Company did not achieve the related performance targets for fiscal 2013. 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.3 million, $2.2 million and $4.3 
million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock units exercised in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $7.6 million, 
$6.4 million and $5.3 million, respectively. The aggregate  intrinsic value of performance shares exercised in 2013, 2012 and 
2011 was $2.6 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.   

The  following  table  summarizes  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  and  performance  shares  that  have  vested  and  are 

expected to vest as of December 31, 2013:

Outstanding 

Weighted-Average Remaining 
Contractual Term (years) 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
(dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 2013 

Plans 
2004 LTIP 

2005 LTIP 

2007 LTIP 

2010 LTIP 

Securities 
Options 

RSUs 

RSUs 

Options 

RSUs 

Performance 
shares 

Vested 

4,376

3,053

406

96,552

—

—

Options 

5,000

Expected to 
vest(2)

Vested 

Expected to vest(2)

Vested 

Expected to vest(2)
—

—

—

—

—

112,175

11,858

2,500

0.7

—

—

1.5

—

—

4.8

— $
—

—

—

—

—

4.8

194 $
231

31

4,943

—

—

216
5,615 $

—

—

—

8,517

900

108
9,525

109,387
Total 
______________________________________________ 
(1)  Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated based upon the difference between the exercise prices of options or restricted stock units and our closing common 
stock price on December 31, 2013 of $75.93, multiplied by the number of instruments that are vested or expected to vest. Options and restricted stock 
units having exercise prices greater than the closing stock price noted above are excluded from this calculation. 
(2)  Options, restricted stock units and performance shares that are expected to vest are net of estimated future forfeitures. 

126,533

$

The  aggregate  fair  value  of  options  vested  in  2013,  2012  and  2011  was  $0.2  million,  $0.1  million  and  $1.7  million, 
respectively. The aggregate fair value of restricted stock units vested in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $8.5 million, $6.4 million and 
$6.1 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of performance shares vested in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.9 million, $1.1 
million and $0.8 million, respectively.  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions Used for Fair Value 

The  fair  values  for  restricted  stock  units  and  performance  shares,  which  are  based  on  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Company's stock at date of grant, are included below  for shares  granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011. For stock options, the 
Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the grant date fair value. Option-pricing models require the 
input of assumptions that are estimated at the date of grant. The following table presents the assumptions used in the  Black-
Scholes option-pricing model to value the stock options granted during 2011. The Company did not grant stock options in 2013 
and 2012. 

Weighted-average fair value per share of grants:

Restricted stock units 

Performance shares 

Stock options 

Expected life (years) 

Risk-free interest rate 

Volatility 

Dividend yield 
______________________________________________ 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$

49.39   $
N/A  $
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

39.98   $
39.59   $
N/A

N/A
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 

34.12

34.12

9.88

5.3
0.48%
41%
2%

The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  implied  volatility  of  Core-Mark’s  stock  price.  The  risk-free  rate  for 
periods  within  the  contractual  life  of  the  option  is  based  on  the  U.S. Treasury  yield  curve  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant. The 
expected term of options granted represents the period of time the Company estimates that options granted are expected to be 
outstanding. 

Stock-based Compensation Expense 

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $4.6 million, $5.8 million and $5.5 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Stock-based compensation expense recognized for 2013 
was  calculated  based  on  awards  ultimately  expected  to  vest  and  has  been  reduced  for  estimated  forfeitures.  The  Company’s 
forfeiture experience since inception of its plans has been approximately 4% of the total grants. The historical rate of forfeiture 
is  a  component  of  the  basis  for  predicting  the  future  rate  of  forfeitures,  which  are  also  dependent  on  the  remaining  service 
period related to grants and on the limited number of approximately 85 plan participants that have been awarded grants since 
the inception of the Company's plans.  

As  of  December 31,  2013,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  share-based  compensation 

arrangements was $3.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years. 

14.

Stockholders' Equity 

Dividends 

On October 19, 2011, the Company announced the commencement of a quarterly dividend program. In 2013, the Board 
of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.19 per common share on May 2, 2013 and August 1, 2013 and $0.22 per 
common share on November 1, 2013.  In lieu of the first quarter 2013 dividend, the Board of Directors declared an accelerated 
cash dividend of $2.2 million, or $0.19 per common share on December 20, 2012, which was paid on December 31, 2012. The 
Company  paid  total  dividends  of  $7.1  million  and  $10.3  million  in  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  The  Credit  Facility  places 
certain limits on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock. The Company's intentions are to continue 
(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:24)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:21)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:10)(cid:6) (cid:3)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:21)(cid:12)(cid:7)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:11)(cid:6) (cid:12)(cid:13)(cid:2)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:14)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:20)(cid:7)(cid:26)(cid:17)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:6) (cid:13)(cid:25)(cid:6) (cid:7)(cid:19)(cid:26)(cid:6) (cid:25)(cid:16)(cid:15)(cid:16)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:4)(cid:21)(cid:6) (cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:6) (cid:22)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:15)(cid:5)(cid:9)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:19)(cid:5)(cid:4)(cid:6) (cid:22)(cid:26)(cid:6) (cid:15)(cid:12)(cid:5)(cid:6)
Company’s Board of Directors in light of then existing conditions, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition and 
capital requirements, strategic alternatives, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions and other factors. 

Repurchase of Common Stock 

In  May  2013,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  $30  million  increase  to  its  stock  repurchase  plan. At  the 
time of increase, the  Company had $2.3  million remaining under its stock repurchase plan that  was  then in place. The share 
repurchase program  may be discontinued or amended at any time. The program has no expiration date and expires when the 

73 

 
   
   
amount  authorized  has  been  expended  or  the  Board  withdraws  its  authorization.  As  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  the 
Company had $28.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively, available for future share repurchases under the program. 

The following table summarizes the Company's stock repurchase activities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 

2012 (in millions, except share data): 

Number of shares repurchased
Average price per share 
Total repurchase costs 

15. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

2013

2012

126,872  

56.60   $
7.2   $

118,800
43.34
5.2

$
$

The components of other comprehensive income ("OCI") and the related tax effects were as follows (in millions): 

2013

Year Ended December 31,
2012

2011

Before

Tax 

Tax 

Effect 

Net 

of 

Tax 

Before

Tax 

Tax 

Effect

Net 

of 

Tax 

Before

Tax 

Tax 

Effect 

Net 

of 

Tax 

Defined benefit plan adjustments:

Net actuarial gain/(loss) during the year  $
Amortization of prior service cost 

3.6 $ (1.5) $

2.1   $ (5.1) $

2.0 $ (3.1)  $ (4.6) $

1.8 $ (2.8)

included in net income 

(0.1)

— (0.1) 

(0.1)

— (0.1) 

(0.1)

— (0.1)

Amortization of net actuarial gain/(loss) 

included in net income 

Net (loss)/gain during the year 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 

gain/(loss) 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) 

$

0.6

4.1

(0.2)
(1.7)

0.4  

2.4  

0.4
(4.8)

(0.1)
1.9

0.3  
(2.9) 

0.3
(4.4)

(0.1)
1.7

0.2
(2.7)

— (1.5) 

(1.5)
2.6 $ (1.7) $

0.9   $ (4.4) $

0.4

—
0.4  
1.9 $ (2.5)  $ (4.7) $

(0.3)

— (0.3)
1.7 $ (3.0)

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss were 

immaterial. 

16.

Segment and Geographic Information 

Core-Mark is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in 
North America.  The  Company  offers  a  full  range  of  products,  marketing  programs  and  technology  solutions  to  over  30,000 
customer locations in the U.S. and Canada. The Company’s customers include traditional convenience stores, grocery stores, 
drug stores, liquor stores and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products. The Company’s product 
offering includes cigarettes, other tobacco products, candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, 
general merchandise and health and beauty care products. 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company operated a network of 28 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding 
two distribution facilities it operates as a third party logistics provider), which support the Company’s  wholesale distribution 
business. Twenty-four of the Company’s distribution centers are located in the U.S. and four are located in Canada. 

The Company’s distribution centers (operating divisions), which produce almost all of its revenues have similar historical 
economic characteristics and have been aggregated into one reporting segment. Couche-Tard, the Company’s largest customer, 
accounted  for  approximately  14.7%  and  13.7%%  of  total  net  sales  for  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  No  single  customer 
accounted for more than 10% of total net sales in 2011. Accounting policies for measuring segment assets and earnings before 
income taxes are substantially consistent with those described in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 

74 

 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Information about the Company's business operations based on the two geographic areas is as follows (in millions): 

Net sales:

United States 

Canada 
Corporate (1)
Total 

Income (loss) before income taxes: 

United States 

Canada 
Corporate (2)
Total 

Interest expense: 

United States 

Canada 
Corporate (2)
Total 

Depreciation and amortization: 

United States 

Canada 
Corporate (2)
Total 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

8,618.3 $
1,114.3

35.0
9,767.6 $

7,716.3 $
1,148.6

27.5
8,892.4 $

6,865.5

1,220.5

28.9
8,114.9

57.3 $
0.9

7.8
66.0 $

30.2 $
0.6
(28.1)

2.7 $

20.2 $
2.7

4.3
27.2 $

48.6 $
2.3

4.5
55.4 $

27.4 $
0.7
(25.9)

2.2 $

17.7 $
2.9

4.7
25.3 $

50.4
(1.4)
(5.8)
43.2

23.5

0.9
(22.0)
2.4

15.4

3.0

4.0
22.4

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

_____________________________________________ 
 (1) Consists primarily of external sales made by the Company’s consolidating warehouses, management service fee revenue, an allowance for sales returns and 

certain other sales adjustments. 

 (2) Consists primarily of net expenses and other income that is not allocated to the U.S. or Canada, intercompany eliminations for interest and allocations of 

overhead, and LIFO expense. 

Identifiable assets by geographic area are as follows (in millions): 

Identifiable assets:

United States 

Canada 

Total 

December 31, 

December 31, 

2013 

2012 

$

$

844.8 $
112.0
956.8 $

821.7

97.5
919.2

75 

 
 
The net sales for the Company’s product categories are as follows (in millions): 

Product Category
Cigarettes 

Food 

Candy 

Other tobacco products 

Health, beauty & general 

Beverages 

Equipment/other 

Total food/non-food products 

Total net sales 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

Net Sales 

2012 

Net Sales 

2011 

Net Sales 

$

6,642.0

$

6,139.4

$

5,710.6

1,342.3

1,178.6

527.2

787.8

327.3

139.1

489.5

687.8

269.2

125.6

1.9
3,125.6

9,767.6

$

$

2.3
2,753.0

8,892.4

$

$

$

$

995.7

459.8

607.9

237.5

100.9

2.5
2,404.3

8,114.9

76 

17. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The tables below provide the Company's unaudited consolidated results of operations for each of the four quarters in 2013 

and 2012: 

Three Months Ended 

(in millions, except per share data) 

December 31, 

September 30, 

June 30, 

March 31, 

Net sales — Cigarettes (1)
Net sales — Food/non-food (1)
Net sales (1)
Cost of goods sold 

Gross profit 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (2)
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)
Amortization of intangible assets 

Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Interest expense 

Interest income 

Foreign currency losses, net 

Income before income taxes 

Income tax provision 

Net income 
Basic net income per common share (4)
Diluted net income per common share (4)
Shares used to compute basic net income 

per common share 

Shares used to compute diluted net income 

per common share 

Excise taxes (1)
Cigarette inventory holding gains (5)
LIFO expense 

Depreciation and amortization 

Stock-based compensation 

$

$

$

$

2013 
1,692.0   $
799.3  

2013 
1,783.7   $
837.0  

2,491.3  

2,348.0  

143.3  

77.2  

41.6  

0.7  

119.5  

23.8  
(0.6)  
0.1  
(0.1)  
23.2  
(8.2)  
15.0  
1.30   $
1.29   $

2,620.7  

2,479.9  

140.8  

79.4  

41.3  

0.6  

121.3  

19.5  
(0.6)  
0.1  
(0.1)  
18.9  
(6.6)  
12.3  
1.07   $
1.06   $

2013 
1,702.9  
807.0  

2,509.9  

2,372.9  

137.0  

72.8  

42.9  

0.7  

116.4  

20.6  
(0.8)  
0.1  
(0.1)  
19.8  
(8.1)  
11.7  
1.02  
1.01  

$

$

$

11.5  

11.5  

11.5  

11.6  

11.6  

11.6  

2013 
1,463.4

682.3

2,145.7

2,029.7

116.0

67.7

42.5

0.7

110.9

5.1
(0.7)
0.1
(0.4)
4.1
(1.5)
2.6
0.22

0.22

11.5

11.6

526.7   $
4.1  
(0.1)  
7.0  

0.6  

554.9   $
0.2  

2.2  

6.8  

1.3  

523.6  
3.9  

3.7  

6.8  

1.4  

$

445.6

0.8

2.9

6.6

1.3

Capital expenditures 
Adjusted EBITDA(6)
____________________________________________ 
(1) Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales. 
(2) Warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of the Company's cost of goods sold, which presentation may differ from that of 

32.5  

29.8  

31.3  

5.0  

6.7  

4.6  

15.9

1.7

(3)

other registrants. 
SG&A  expenses  includes  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  of  $2.8  million  related  primarily  to  Davenport  and  the  addition  of  new  customers, 
consisting of $1.2 million in Q4, $0.5 million in Q3, $0.6 million in Q2, and $0.2 million in Q1. 
(4) Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding and separate calculations for each quarter. 
(5) Cigarette inventory holding gains relate to income earned on cigarette quantities on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices. 
(6)  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures 
calculated in accordance with GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation 
and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction losses. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales — Cigarettes (1)
Net sales — Food/non-food (1)
Net sales (1)
Cost of goods sold 

Gross profit 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (2)
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)
Amortization of intangible assets 

Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Interest expense 

Interest income 

Foreign currency gains (losses), net 

Income before income taxes 

Income tax provision 

Net income 
Basic net income per common share (4)
Diluted net income per common share (4)
Shares used to compute basic net income 

per common share 

Shares used to compute diluted net income 

per common share 

Excise taxes (1)
Cigarette inventory holding gains (5)
LIFO expense 

Depreciation and amortization 

Stock-based compensation 

Three Months Ended 

(in millions, except per share data) 

December 31, 

September 30, 

June 30, 

March 31, 

$

2012 
1,513.2   $
676.3  

2012 
1,596.5   $
718.4  

2012 
1,577.3   $
710.0  

2,189.5  

2,067.6  

121.9  

64.7  
40.3 (3)
0.6  

2,314.9  

2,192.7  

122.2  

68.4  
35.9 (3)
0.7  

2,287.3  

2,164.7  

122.6  

66.2  
37.8 (3)
0.8  

105.6  

105.0  

104.8  

16.3  
(0.6)  
0.1  
(0.1)
15.7  
(6.0)  
9.7  
0.84   $
0.83   $

17.2  
(0.4)  
0.1  

—  

16.9  
(6.4)  
10.5  
0.92   $
0.90   $

17.8  
(0.6)  
0.1  
(0.2)  
17.1  
(7.0)  
10.1  
0.89   $
0.87   $

11.5  

11.5  

11.4  

11.7  

11.7  

11.6  

482.2   $
3.3  

519.1   $
0.2  

511.5   $
3.2  

1.3  

6.3  

1.7  

3.8  

6.3  

1.4  

4.3  

6.4  

1.3  

$

$

$

2012 
1,452.4

648.3

2,100.7

1,990.6

110.1

63.4

39.7

0.9

104.0

6.1
(0.6)
0.1

0.1

5.7
(2.1)
3.6
0.31

0.31

11.4

11.6

474.2

1.1

2.9

6.3

1.4

Capital expenditures 
Adjusted EBITDA(6)
______________________________________________ 
(1) Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales. 
(2) Warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of the Company's cost of goods sold, which presentation may differ from that of 

29.8  

28.7  

25.6  

7.1  

8.3  

7.7  

16.7

5.5

(3)

other registrants. 
SG&A expenses include acquisition costs related to Davenport consisting of $1.3 million in the fourth quarter. SG&A expenses also include a reduction in 
expenses  resulting  from  the  favorable  resolution  of  legacy  workers'  compensation  and  insurance  claims  of  $1.4  million  in  the  third  quarter  and  $0.4 
million in the second quarter. 

(4) Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding and separate calculations for each quarter. 
(5)  Cigarette inventory holding gains relate to income earned on cigarette quantities on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices. 
(6)  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures 
calculated in accordance with GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation 
and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction losses. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9. A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We conducted, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the chief executive officer 
and  chief  financial  officer,  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on our 
evaluation,  the  chief  executive  officer  and  chief  financial  officer  concluded  that,  as  of  December 31,  2013,  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as 
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2013.  In  making  this  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992), issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Based  on  this  assessment,  we  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of 

December 31, 2013. 

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our 

independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of the year 
ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the internal control over 
financial reporting. 

ITEM 9. B.   OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

79 

 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10. 

  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
under the following captions and is incorporated herein by reference thereto: “Nominees for Director,” “Board of Directors,” 
“Our  Executive  Officers,”  and  “Ownership  of  Core-Mark  Common  Stock-Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting 
Compliance.” 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
under  the  following  captions  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  thereto:  “Board  of  Directors-Director  Compensation,” 
“Board of Directors-Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” 
“Compensation Committee Report,” and “Compensation of Named Executives.” 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item is included (i) in our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
under the caption “Ownership of Core-Mark Common Stock” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto and (ii) in Item 5 
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference thereto. 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
under  the  following  caption  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  herein  by  reference  thereto:  “Board  of  Directors-Certain 
Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Board of Directors-Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Board of Directors-
Corporate Governance.” 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
under  the  caption  “Ratification  of  Selection  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm-Auditor  Fees”  and  is 
incorporated herein by reference thereto. 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

PART IV 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit
No. 
2.1

3.1

3.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

Description 
Third Amended and Revised Joint Plan of Reorganization of Fleming Companies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries Under 
Chapter  11  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code,  dated  May  25,  2004  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  of  the 
Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Certificate of Incorporation of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the 
Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2008). 

2004  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Company's  Registration 
Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

2005  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Company's  Registration 
Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

2007  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Annex A  of  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  on 
Schedule 14A filed on April 23, 2007). 

Statement of Policy Regarding 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2007). 

2010  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Annex A  of  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  on 
Schedule 14A filed on April 13, 2010). 

Form of Management Option Award Agreement for Awards under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2004 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 
10-K filed on March 12, 2009). 

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  RSU  Award  Agreement  under  the  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  2010 
Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

Form  of  Management  RSU Award Agreement  under  the  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  2010  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

Form  of  Performance  RSU Award Agreement  under  the  Core- Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  2010  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the 
Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 20, 2004, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and the parties 
listed on Schedule I attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Registration 
Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Credit Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark International, 
Inc.,  Core-Mark  Holdings  I,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Holdings  II,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Holdings  III,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
Midcontinent,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Interrelated  Companies,  Inc.,  Head  Distributing  Company  and  Minter-Weisman 
Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders,  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as Administrative 
Agent,  General  Electric  Capital  Corporation  and  Wachovia  Capital  Finance  Corporation  (Western),  as  Co-
Syndication Agents  and  Bank  of America,  N.A.  and  Wells  Fargo  Foothill,  LLC,  as  Co-Documentation Agents 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  of  the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  10  filed  on 
October 21, 2005). 

81 

  
Exhibit
No. 
10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

Description 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December 4, 2007, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-
Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., 
Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-
Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
filed on March 12, 2009). 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-
Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., 
Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-
Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on March 18, 2008). 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 2, 2010, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-
Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., 
Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-
Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on February 5, 2010). 

Fourth Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  May  5,  2011,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-
Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., 
Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-
Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
filed on May 9, 2011). 

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-
Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company, Inc. and Minter-
Weisman  Co.,  Inc.,  as  Grantors  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 21, 2005). 

11.1

Statement  of  Computation  of  Earnings  Per  Share  (required  information  contained  within  this Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K). 

18.1

Deloitte & Touche LLP Preferability Letter on Change in Annual Date for Goodwill Impairment Test.

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.

23.1

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1

32.2

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

101.INS XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

82 

  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: March 3, 2014 

CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. 

By: 

/s/  THOMAS B. PERKINS 

Thomas B. Perkins

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

SIGNATURE 

TITLE 

DATE 

   /S/    THOMAS B. PERKINS 
Thomas B. Perkins

President, Chief Executive Officer and 

March 3, 2014 

   Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

/S/    STACY LORETZ-CONGDON 
Stacy Loretz-Congdon

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial 
   Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/S/    CHRISTOPHER MILLER 
Christopher Miller

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer 
   (Principal Accounting Officer)

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

/S/    RANDOLPH I. THORNTON 
Randolph I. Thornton

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

March 3, 2014 

/S/    ROBERT A. ALLEN 
Robert A. Allen

/S/    STUART W. BOOTH 
Stuart W. Booth

/S/    GARY F. COLTER 
Gary F. Colter

/S/    ROBERT G. GROSS 
Robert G. Gross

/S/    L. WILLIAM KRAUSE 
L. William Krause

/S/    HARVEY L. TEPNER 
Harvey L. Tepner

   /S/    J. MICHAEL WALSH 
J. Michael Walsh

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

83 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Allowances for: 

Trade receivables 

Inventory reserves 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Allowances for: 

Trade receivables 

Inventory reserves 

Year Ended December 31, 2011 

Allowances for: 

Trade receivables 

Inventory reserves 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Period 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Deductions 

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts 

Balance at 
End of Period

$

$

$

$

$

$

10,866 $
870
11,736 $

1,079 $
12,723
13,802 $

(2,569) $
(12,753)
(15,322) $

(12) $
—
(12) $

9,364

840
10,204

9,578 $
1,029
10,607 $

1,975 $
11,517
13,492 $

(899) $

(11,676)
(12,575) $

212 $
—
212 $

10,866

870
11,736

8,660 $
1,144
9,804 $

1,970 $
10,461
12,431 $

(1,470) $
(10,576)
(12,046) $

418 $
—
418 $

9,578

1,029
10,607

84 

  
Corporate Directory and Information

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Thomas B. Perkins

Randolph I. Thornton

President & Chief Executive Officer

Stacy Loretz-Congdon

Senior Vice President & 
Chief Financial Officer

Christopher K. Hobson

Senior Vice President, 
Marketing

Scott E. McPherson

Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Development

William G. Stein

Senior Vice President, 
US Distribution East

Christopher L. Walsh

Senior Vice President, 
US Distribution West

Eric J. Rolheiser

President,
Canadian Operations

Christopher M. Miller

Vice President & 
Chief Accounting Officer

Chairman of the Board
Comdisco Holding Company. Inc., 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Thomas B. Perkins

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Robert A. Allen

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., 
Retired Chief Executive Officer

Stuart W. Booth

Central Garden & Pet Company, 
Retired Chief Financial Officer

Gary F. Colter

CRS Inc., 
President

Robert G. Gross

Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.,
Executive Chairman

L. William Krause

LWK Ventures,
President

Harvey L. Tepner

WL Ross & Company, LLC 
Principal

J. Michael Walsh

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., 
Former President & Chief Executive Officer

HEADQUARTERS

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 
395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite #415 
South San Francisco, CA 94080

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM

Deloitte & Touche LLP 

TRANSFER AGENT

Wells Fargo Shareowner Services 
1110 Centre Pointe Curve
Mendota Heights, MN 55120
1-800-468-9716

ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS MEETING 

The Annual Meeting will be held on May 
20th at 10 a.m. at the Hyatt Regency San 
Francisco Airport Hotel located at 1333 
Bayshore Highway, Burlingame, CA 94010 

COMMON STOCK TRADES 

NASDAQ - Global Select under the 
symbol CORE

LEGAL COUNSEL

Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP
Redwood Shores, CA

INVESTOR RELATIONS 

For further information about Core-Mark 
Holding Company, Inc. including additional 
copies of this report, Form 10-K or other 
financial information, please contact:

Ms. Milton Gray Draper 
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.
395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite #415 
South San Francisco, CA 94080 
650-589-9445

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE ON 
WWW.CORE-MARK.COM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
395 Oyster Point Blvd., Suite 415 
South San Francisco, CA 94080
www.core-mark.com